13-073 (5) 1.17 PIPE SLEEVES,ESCUTCHEONS
A. Provide proper sleeves to accommodate pipes passing through walls, floors, partitions, and
provide escutcheons at exposed finished surfaces pierced by pipes.
pa
B. Extend sleeves 1%z"above finished floor and pack spare betweci,;pipe and sleeve as recommended
in NFPA 13.
ww
C. Seal all penetrations through rated assemblies to equal or exceed the applicable rating and per
applicable UL details.
1.18 VALVES AND GAUGES
A. Control valves for sprinkler system shall be listed for the appropriate service wiring of each
tamper switch to an alarm provided by Electrical Contractor.
w
B. Provide approved gauges as required per NFPA 13 and approving authority.
C. Tamper switches furnished and installed by Sprinkler Contractor shall be wired by Electrical
Contractor.
1.19 VALVE SEALS,TAGS AND CHARTS
A. Provide copper wire and approved seal for each manually operated shut-off valve required to be
sealed in open position.
B. Provide identification signs of standard design, fastened securely at designated locations as per
!** NFPA 13.
C. Provide brass tags about 2" in diameter; stamp with designating number, secure with 12 gauge
copper wire to spindle of all control valves.
1.20 CUTTING AND PATCHING
MW
A. All by the General Contractor.
W
END OF SECTION 15500
4
so
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Sprinkler System-15500
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
1.12 PIPING CONNECTION
A. Sprinkler Contractor's work shall begin at a new, flanged 6"water entrance to be provided in the
new building basement mechanical room. This contractor shall coordinate required thrust
protection at the new entrance with the site contractor.
1.13 DRAIN AND TEST CONNECTIONS
A. Install horizontal piping graded to low points and in manner to make it possible to test and empty
entire system; provide valves and piping of sizes and in locations as indicated and in accordance
with requirements of NFPA 13.
00
B. Extend drain valve discharge pipes to points suitable for drain outside. Terminate pipes so that dis-
OR will be visible. Use sight drain fittings if necessary.
1.14 SPRINKLERS
on
A. Sprinkler Heads:
g, I. Finished ceilings (except where noted below) — white pendants with matching metal
escutcheon. Where installed in suspended tile ceilings heads shall be CENTERED IN TILE
and escutcheons shall permit tile replacement without disturbing head.
2. Finished ceilings in all commons areas including corridors—Concealers with white covers.
3. Concealed and unfinished areas-standard brass finish.
B. Furnish extra sprinkler heads packed in suitable container along with sprinkler wrenches,per code.
C. SPECIAL NOTE: This contractor must have full regard for the Architect's intent to
rearrange any exposed piping and/or heads to achieve aesthetic requirements. Extra heads
and piping necessary to suit the desired placement shall be provided at no additional cost.
Final layout shall comply with NFPA 13.
1.15 PIPING MATERIALS,FITTINGS AND JOINTS
A. Sprinkler system piping and fittings shall conform to NFPA 13.
1.16 ANCHORS,SUPPORTS AND HANGERS
an A. Support sprinkler piping from building structure by means of hangers, inserts,etc., as required by
NFPA 13.
B. Hangers shall be clevis type or split ring supported from structure.
C. All piping and equipment shall be secured against seismic forces per NFPA 13 and BOCA.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Sprinkler System-15500
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
B. Any apparatus that requires excessive service during the first year of operation shall be considered
defective and shall be replaced.
C. This contractor's guarantee shall not exclude (and thus shall include) consequential damage
resulting from installation and/or material defects.
1.09 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. Any questions regarding specifications shall be addressed to the Architect before the bids close.
After the closing of bids, the Architect's interpretation of the meaning and intent of drawings and
specifications shall be final.
1.10 APPROVALS
A. The Sprinkler Contractor shall obtain approval of the layout of his work from the local fire
department,Owner and Architect.
B. After satisfactory final inspection and test by the approving authority,a copy of the letter of accep-
tance shall be filed with the Owner and Architect.
1.11 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM
A. Under this contract,a complete (new) combination wet/dry sprinkler system shall be provided to
cover new construction including a three-story plus partial basement(congregate)building and an
me, attached single story (cottage) building. The Northampton Fire Department (Tel. 413-587-1032)
will consider a(detailed)proposal to provide dry system coverage throughout the new single story
building and connecting corridor subject to limitations of NFPA 13.
B. This contractor shall also remove existing sprinkler system coverage in the dining `sun room' to
be demolished and provide new coverage in the new dining room addition. Sprinklers in this area
(existing building side of new fire wall)shall be fed from the existing sprinkler system.
C. All spaces shall be protected per requirements of NFPA 13 including cold attics. The entire
sprinkler system shall be designed for applicable hazard standards. The intent is for all sprinkler
piping to be concealed within general construction unless specifically accepted by the Architect.
no Under no circumstances shall wet sprinkler piping be installed above third floor sheetrock ceilings
that form the underside of the building insulation envelope.
40 D. A new 6"water entrance is to be provided in the mechanical room of the new building basement
by the site contractor for use by this contractor.This entrance will be fed from a new 8"line being
installed from an existing municipal water,main in Coles Meadow Road as indicated on project
MR site drawings. This contractor shall assume that sufficient water flow will be available at a
minimum residual pressure of 60 PSI(at base of riser)to support this system.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Sprinkler System-15500
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
RM
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. After contracts have been awarded, submit to the Architect for approval,previous to purchase or
fabrication, shop drawings showing layout of entire system, sprinkler heads, valve stations and
alarm appurtenances, etc. Since completed sprinkler system plans must be submitted to Northampton before issue of building permits, this contractor must be prepared to expedite
preparation of plans and calculations including necessary coordination with the
Northampton Fire Department and all other authorities having jurisdiction.
1.05 MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Sprinkler equipment shall be new and conform to the standards established in these Specifications,
and selected from"List of Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials",published annually
by UL and shall bear UL and Factory Mutual approved stamps or labels where required by
authorities having jurisdiction.
aw B. Uniformity-Unless otherwise specified, equipment or materials of the same type or classification
used for the same purpose,shall be the product of the same manufacturer.
1.06 WORKMANSHIP
A. All work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat, mechanical
e appearance when completed. Work not approved by the Owner and/or Architect shall be replaced
by the Sprinkler Contractor without additional charge.
B. All piping, in general, shall be run as straight and direct as possible, forming right angles or
parallel lines with the building walls and other pipes, and be neatly spaced. Check closely with
other trades to prevent interferences. No claims will be allowed for extra work caused by failure
to coordinate with others.
1.07 TESTS AND FLUSHING
A. After completion, subject sprinkler system to tests required by and in the presence of
representatives of local fire department and Architect. Conduct, duration, and other details not
covered by agencies'requirements,shall be in accordance with NFPA 13.
B. Provide instruments, equipment, and pay expenses incurred in making test; obtain approvals,
�s
certificates.
an 1.08 GUARANTEE
A. The Sprinkler Contractor shall leave the entire sprinkler system installed under this contract in
proper working order and shall without additional charge, replace any work or material installed
which develops defects within one year from the date of final acceptance by the Owner and
Architect.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Sprinkler System-15500
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
15500-SPRINKLER SYSTEM
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS
40
A. All work of this section is specifically subject to the general requirements for the entire project.
Refer to applicable portions of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15010. All aspects of
*" the work shall comply fully with the requirements of NFPA 13. The entire installation shall be as
required to meet Insurance Service Office(ISO)standards.
ow 1.02 INTENT
A. Furnish and install all labor and materials including all incidentals required to provide a 100%
approved automatic sprinkler system to cover the new construction and minor interface to the
existing building as shown on architectural progress drawings and as specified herein.
am 1.03 CODES AND PERMITS
go A. All work under this contract shall comply fully with requirements, rules and regulations of all
authorities having jurisdiction.
4. B. Any work done which has to be changed to conform with regulations and codes shall be done at
the Sprinkler Contractor's expense.
a„ C. Any conditions noted in these specifications which would be contrary to such regulations shall be
brought to the attention of the Architect before work is installed.
D. Permits and fees shall be obtained and paid for by this Sprinkler Contractor.
E. The sprinkler system scope of work shall include,but not be limited to,the following:
1. Drain and test connections.
2. Sprinklers,piping and fittings.
on 3. Pipe sleeves,escutcheons,supports,hangers,inserts.
4. Valves and gauges.
on 5. Valve seals,tags and charts.All valves in the sprinkler system shall have permanent tags
indicating their purpose. A legend shall be placed at the main shut off valve indicating
location of shut off valves and inspection test valve(s).
6. A complete set of working drawings and hydraulic calculations.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Sprinkler System-15500
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 5
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
Wpm
1.20 ELECTRIC MOTOR CONTROL
A. Provide suitable starting and controlling equipment as specified for installation under Electrical
Division.
oft B. All controllers shall be products of Allen-Bradley, Cutler Hammer, General Electric,
Westinghouse,Squate D or approved equal.
C. Starters shall be equipped with the required number of auxiliary contacts for control functions
specified and shall be provided with a 120V step-down transformer for the ATC contractor's use
where necessary.
D. Neon type pilot lights shall be built into the covers of all the starters.
E. Motors shall have overload protection in each ungrounded leg.
F. Starters for mechanical equipment shall be installed by the electrical contractor as and where
directed by the mechanical contractor.
1.21 ELECTRIC WIRING
A. All power wiring to the motor starters, or to the terminal blocks of prewired motor control
cabinets,and between the motor starter and electric motor(except where specified to be provided
by factory wiring as part of the equipment) will be provided under the Electrical Division of this
specification.
B. All control wiring including interlock wiring between starters, wiring of remote controllers, pilot
lights, relays and all temperature, pressure, humidity, flow and similar controls and accessories
shall be installed and wired under this division. Refer to electrical drawings for instances where
empty conduit is to be provided by the Electrical Contractor for controls by the Mechanical
Contractor(i.e.remote chiller).
C. All wiring shall conform to the requirements of the Electrical Division of the specification except
as follows: All low voltage control wiring run within mechanical rooms or where otherwise
on subject to damage shall be run in conduit.All other low voltage control wiring may be run without
conduit provided that this wiring is installed neatly and frequently attached to and concealed
go within general construction to the full satisfaction of the engineer.
D. All electrical work not shown on the electrical drawings but necessary for proper operation of
mechanical equipment shall be the responsibility of this contractor.
END OF SECTION 15010
Rockridge—Northampton,MA General Requirements-15010
EGA,P.C. Page 9 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
Doors shall be factory made of 22 gauge cold rolled steel,reinforced as required,except in shower 7.
and locker rooms where stainless steel doors with satin polish finish shall be used. Access doors
40 shall be flush fitting type.
F. Door frame shall be 22 gauge steel, or stainless steel, and provided with a 2" wide metal lath
40 plaster bond on the perimeter of the frame where panels are installed in plaster work.
G. Doors shall have continuous hinge and screw driver operated cam type lock. Doors shall swing a
on full 180 degrees.
H. All parts of doors shall have a shop coat of metal primer smooth and ready for finish painting,
*R except for stainless steel doors.
I. Provide fire and/or smoke rated access doors where they are to be installed in rated construction.
40
1.18 SUBSTITUTIONS
""a A. Certain items of equipment have been specified by manufacturer's name and model number. It is
not the intent to limit the contractor to the equipment but to establish a type and quality required.
The contractor may substitute equipment of equal quality and capacity and shall be responsible for
any changes required to install the substitution. All shop drawings will indicate the substitution
and any deviations from the original specification.
B. Added support steel, anchors, braces, etc. required to permit the use of substituted equipment,
shall be the cost and installation responsibility of this contractor.
1.19 ELECTRIC MOTORS
A. All electric motors of sizes and type as specified for driving the equipment shall be provided under
this Section.
1. All motors shall be of proper power and speed to suit the specified make of equipment.
2. If other makes of equipment are accepted, the proper adjustment of motor speed and
power shall be included without additional cost.
on
B. Single phase motors shall be capacitor start induction run or split phase type as approved for the
service.
go
C. All motors and accessories shall comply in all respects with NEMA Standards and rated for 40
degree C rise and 40 degree C ambient.
D. All three phase motors shall be premium efficiency based on IEEE 112B test methods. Efficiency
rating shall be stamped on nameplate and clearly marked on equipment
Rockridge—Northampton,MA General Requirements-15010
EGA,P.C. Page 8 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
eiw
B. All concrete foundations, anchor, pads,piers, thrust blocks, inertia blocks, and similar concrete
work required will be provided by the General Contractor under the supervision of the Mechanical
Contractor and in accordance with approved shop drawings which shall be prepared by the
Mechanical Contractor.
am C. All boilers, pumps, tanks, air handling units and similar equipment installed on concrete floor
slabs shall have a 4"high concrete foundaiion except where otherwise indicated.
D. When equipment is wet, the space between the rough foundations and base of equipment shall be
filled with embeco grout by the Mechanical Contractor.
E. All anchor bolts and devices required for equipment furnished under this division shall be
furnished and installed.
F. Structural steel supports and miscellaneous steel required for supporting and/or hanging
equipment and piping furnished under this Division shall be provided and installed by the
Mechanical Contractor.
�.r
G. All foundations, anchor pads,piers,thrust blocks, inertia blocks and structural steel supports shall
be built per template and reinforced as required for loads imposed on them.
1.16 TOOLS
A. Furnish all special tools required for proper operation and maintenance of the equipment provided
under this Division.
so
B. The intent is to provide special tools only as required for operation and maintenance of the
equipment and recommended by the manufacturer but not to include wrenches and similar tools
w normally available.
C. All tools specified herein shall be turned over to the Owner and a complete list and receipt of same
44 provided to the Architect.
1.17 ACCESS DOORS
A. Provide access doors to all concealed valves,traps,etc.
B. Wherever this equipment is readily accessible through the removable ceiling, doors will not be
required.
C. The installation of the doors will be performed under the specifications of another trade, but the
Mechanical Contractor will be held responsible for the accessibility of all valves,traps,etc.
D. The size of the access doors shall be no smaller than 8"square or larger than 24"square.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA General Requirements-15010
EGA,P.C. Page 7 of 9
OR EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
C. All anchors and inserts shall be furnished and securely set as required for piping and equipment
furnished under this Division.
D. Structural steel and other structural members and slabs shall be cut only when and where approved
by the Architect.
1.13 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
4.
A. All excavation and backfilling required for piping installed under this Division will be performed
by the General Contractor under the supervision of the Mechanical Contractor.
der
B. The General Contractor will provide all necessary protection and pumping work required to keep
the excavated areas free of water.
gas
C. The General Contractor will provide all necessary bracings and shoring required to protect the
sides of the excavation.
D. Furnish the General Contractor with all required information as to the locations,sizes,grades and
so elevations of all piping, equipment and foundations requiring excavation and be responsible for
same.
go
1.14 PAINTING
A. Generally, all finish painting will be provided by the General Contractor except as specified
go herein:
1. All pumps, motors, tanks, heat exchangers and all other factory manufactured and
ON assembled apparatus shall be factory coated with one coat of primer and one coat of
machinery enamel except where special finishes are otherwise specified herein.
2. All items scratched or otherwise damaged shall be cleaned and painted to match the
ww original finish.
3. Paint all exposed pipe,hangers,anchors,guides,cradles, structural steel supports,stands,
etc.,with rust inhibitive paint.
sm 4. Hangers, guides, and similar equipment that cannot be completely painted after
installation shall be painted before installation.
5. Paint the visible interior of all ducts or register boxes in back of all grilles and registers
on with two(2)coats of dull black paint.
1.15 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS AND SUPPORTS
ar
A. Vibration isolation rails, bases, devices and concrete inertia blocks where mounted on concrete
floor slabs shall have a 4"high foundation.
Wo
40
Rockridge—Northampton,MA General Requirements-15010
EGA,P.C. Page 6 of 9
on EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
W
" D. Completed manuals shall be submitted to the Architect for review and approval.
1.10 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS(ATC)SEQUENCE CHECK
A. This contractor shall be responsible for the scheduling and coordination of his subcontractors,
specifically the Testing and Balancing Agency and the ATC subcontractor, for the performance of an
on ATC sequence check on all HVAC systems sequenced in section 15900,"Sequences of Operation."
1. ATC installation and preliminary testing and balancing shall be complete prior to the
40 scheduling of the ATC sequence check.
B. This contractor shall notify the engineer 48 hours prior to the scheduled performance of the ATC
sequence check.
■ae
C. The ATC sequence check shall be performed in the presence of the engineer or his representative.
a 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. During the progress of the work, keep a dedicated set of drawings marked up to record all
deviations and changes from the contract drawings due to field conditions,change orders, amend-
ments,revisions, addenda and other reasons to represent an accurate record of all work as actually
installed. All sketches issued during the course of construction shall be copied onto full size
sheets and added to this set and properly referenced on the full size drawings. Changes shall be
added to this set no less than weekly. This set shall be made available for review by the engineer
during periodic inspections.
.w
B. All deviations from the contract documents shall be approved by the Architect before installation.
C. At the completion of the work, furnish to the Architect a complete reproducible copy drawing set
developed under A. (above).The intent is to have an accurate and continuous record of all work as
eue
actually installed.
D. After approval,the record drawings shall become the property of the Owner.
E. Final payment will be withheld until receipt of the approved record drawings.
1.12 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. The General Contractor will provide openings in walls, floors, roof, ceilings and partitions to
yew receive pipe lines,plumbing fixtures and other apparatus.
1. Advise the General Contractor of the exact size and location of all chases and openings
required for the installation of work covered under this Division.
2. Advise the General Contractor of the size and location of all openings required to permit
the entrance of all equipment to its proper location within the building.
B. All sleeves shall be fumished by this contractor and securely set as required for piping passing
through walls,floors,roofs,ceilings and partitions.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA General Requirements-15010
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 9
�w
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
1.08 SHCPP-'DRAWINGS--
aec A. Submit detailed shop drawings for all field assembled equipment including ductwork,piping, and
other distribution services located in mechanical equipment rooms and other areas where space
conditions are tight or complex in nature and require close coordination with the work of this trade
on and/or work of other trades on the job.
B. Manufacturer's data, shop drawings and/or samples giving full information as to dimensions,
a materials, performance data and all other information pertinent to the adequacy of the equipment
shall be submitted for all apparatus,including but not limited to the following:
4W 1. Pumps and accessories.
2. Fans,grilles,registers,diffusers,and accessories.
3. Heating,ventilating and air conditioning equipment.
No 4. Sheet metal specialties.
5. Automatic Temperature Controls.
6. Thermal insulation and acoustic insulation.
7. Hot water heater and specialties.
8. Piping,valves and fittings.
9. Plumbing fixtures.
10. Gas specialties.
�w
C. If the submittals differ from the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Mechanical
Contractor shall make specific mention of such difference in the letter of transmittal with a request
for substitution.
D. All submittals shall be complete and contain all required detailed information.
E. The work described in any shop drawing submittal shall be carefully checked by the Mechanical
Contractor for all clearances,field conditions and proper coordination with all trades on the job.
F. Each submitted shop drawing shall be certified by the Mechanical Contractor and the General
Contractor that all conditions on the job have been checked and no conflict exists. No shop
drawings will be reviewed without such certification.
1.09 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Furnish manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions for each piece of equip-
ment furnished under this Division.
"so B. Each manual shall be suitably and neatly marked to identify the particular equipment furnished
and shall include lubricating charts.
C. All instructions and charts shall be bound in appropriate cover binders properly indexed,
identified,and titled to provide three complete manuals.
arr
Rockridge—Northampton,MA General Requirements-15010
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
D. Materials or equipment requiring excessive service during the first year of operation shall be
considered defective.
E. The date of acceptance shall be that which appears on the Architect's certificate of final payment.
r 1.06 SEQUENCE OF WORK
A. Refer to the General Supplementary and Special Conditions for timing and coordination of the
WA work.
B. Schedule the work accordingly and coordinate schedule with other Contractors to prevent delays.
on
C. COORDINATION DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED IN ALL AREAS WHERE
SUBSTANTIAL CONFLICTS MAY OCCUR BETWEEN THE WORK OF DIFFERENT
TRADES. Computer files of piping and ductwork floor plans will be provided for use by the
mechanical and sprinkler contractors to fulfill these requirements for coordination drawings. It is
intended that HVAC, plumbing and sprinkler contractors each manipulate the base drawings
provided to show his systems coordinated with that of others in applicable areas prior to the actual
construction.
1.07 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
r.R A. Within 30 days after the acceptance of the contractor's proposal and as a condition precedent to the
first payment, submit to the Architect/Engineer five copies of a subdivision of the total amount of
the Contract into the following categories:
+�r
1. Heating,ventilating and air conditioning equipment,specialties and piping.
2. Thermal insulation.
3. Automatic Temperature Controls.
4. Supply/exhaust fans, grilles, registers, diffusers, louvers, accessories and sheet metal
work.
5. Sanitary waste,vent and roof drainage piping.
6. Water piping.
7. Plumbing fixtures and final connections.
8. Domestic water heater and specialties.
9. Miscellaneous-itemized.
"M B. Each of these categories shall include all necessary appurtenances and its proper share of labor,
miscellaneous expenses,overhead,profit,etc., and shall,if necessary,be corrected and be propor-
tioned to meet the approval of the Architect as a true and proper subdivision of the contract.
C. When approved,three copies of the Schedule will be returned to the contractor and two copies will
be retained by the Architect to serve as a basis for making out and checking applications for
payment.
on
Rockridge—Northampton,MA General Requirements-15010
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
C. Specific code criteria for this project includes,but are not limited to the following:
�w 1. Massachusetts State Building Code,Sixth Edition(MBC).
2. Massachusetts Standards for Assisted Living Residences 651 CMR, 1999.
3. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Architectural Access Board Regulations, 2002 Edition
(MAAB).
4. Americans-with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings & Facilities
(ADA).
5. Fair Housing Accessibility Guidelines, 1998 Revisions Edition.
6. NFPA 101,Life Safety Code,2000 Edition.
7. NFPA 13,Sprinkler Systems,latest Edition.
8. International Mechanical Code,2000 Edition.
9. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code.
10. Zoning Ordinances: City of Northampton,Massachusetts,2001.
w 11. Group Classification MBC(Chapter 3):
Basement A-3 (Assembly)
First Floor B (Business)
A-3 (Assembly)
R-2 (Assisted Living Facility)per 780 CMR 310.1
S-2 (Low Hazard Storage)
Second Floor R-2 (Assisted Living Facility)per 780 CMR 310.1
WA Third Floor R-2 (Assisted Living Facility)per 780 CMR 310.1
Note 1: The residents in assisted living are capable of self-preservation and therefore fall
ss under Assisted Living Facilities and do not fall under the 1-2 use group.
1.05 GUARANTEE
A. Guarantee all work performed and materials and equipment installed to the full extent required by
the drawings and specifications to be free from inherent defects.
B. Any materials or equipment which are corroded or otherwise damaged, through the Mechanical
Contractor's failure to properly operate and maintain the installation during construction or testing,
shall be replaced prior to final acceptance.
C. Keep the work in repair and replace any defective materials, equipment or workmanship upon
notice from the Architect or Owner's Representative for a period of one year from date of final
acceptance. See Two (2)Year Guarantee period for Automatic Temperature Control System and
Control Devices.
we
Rockridge—Northampton,MA General Requirements-15010
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 9
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
�w
no
15010=GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART1 -GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. All work of this section is specifically subject to the General Conditions for the�,iitire proiect.
ON B. Provide all items, articles, materials, operations, or methods listed, mentioned, scheduled on the
drawings and/or specified herein including all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals
necessary and required for their completion.
40
1.02 INTENT
No A. The intent of the specifications and drawings is to call for finish work, tested and ready for
operation.
B. Any apparatus, appliance,material or service not specified or indicated but necessary to make the
work complete and perfect in all respects and ready for operation shall be provided.
C. The drawings are generally diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of the work and indicate
the general arrangement of equipment and piping and approximate sizes and locations of
equipment.
wr
1.03 WORKMANSHIP
A. All work shall be executed in the best and most thorough manner under the direction of and to the
satisfaction of the Architect.
B. The Mechanical Contractor shall,at all times,keep a competent foreman in charge of the work and
shall facilitate its inspection by the Architect.
1.04 RULES AND REGULATIONS
so A. All work shall comply with applicable portions of all state or local laws, ordinances, rules and
regulations of local utility companies and fire departments and all other authorities having juris-
diction.
B. Nothing contained in these specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be construed to
conflict with applicable portions of any laws,ordinances,rules and regulations.
w
1. All pressure vessels shall be furnished and installed in strict accordance with the
applicable regulations of the state and the ASME codes and shall be equipped with all
appurtenances required by the aforesaid codes.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA General Requirements-15010
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 9
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
3.4 DEMONSTRATION
A. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper use, operations, and daily maintenance of elevators. Review
emergency provisions, including emergency access and procedures to be followed at time of operational
failure and other building emergencies. Train Owner's personnel in procedures to follow in identifying
sources of operational failures or malfunctions. Confer with Owner on requirements for a complete
elevator maintenance program.
B. Make a final check of each elevator operation with Owner's personnel present and before date of
Substantial Completion. Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Temporary Use: Do not use elevators for construction purposes unless cars are provided with temporary
enclosures,either within finished cars or in place of finished cars,to protect finishes from damage.
1. Provide full maintenance service by skilled, competent employees of elevator Installer for
• elevators used for construction purposes. Include preventive maintenance, repair or replacement
of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper
elevator operation at rated speed and capacity. Use same parts and supplies as used in the
manufacture and installation of original equipment.
2. Provide protective coverings,barriers,devices, signs,and other procedures to protect elevators. If,
despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator Installer to restore damaged
work so that no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the
rAU field to the shop,make required repairs and refinish entire unit,or provide new units as required.
�n
END OF SECTION 14240
wp
ow
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Hydraulic Elevators-14240
EGA,P.C. Page 9 of 9
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
so
4
supporting structure and other conditions under which elevator work is to be installed. Proceed with
installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
*" 1. For the record, prepare a written report, endorsed by Installer, listing dimensional discrepancies
and conditions detrimental to performance.
No
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Excavation for Jack: Drill excavation in each elevator pit to accommodate installation of cylinders;
RM comply with applicable requirements in Division 2 Section"Earthwork."
1. Provide well casings as necessary to retain walls of well hole.
B. Install cylinders in protective casings within well hole or casing. Before installing protective casing,
remove water and debris from well hole or casing and provide permanent waterproof seal at bottom of
well casing. Fill void space between protective casing and cylinder with corrosion-protective filler.
1. Align cylinders and fill space between well casing and protective casing with fine sand.
C. Install cylinders plumb and accurately centered for elevator car position and travel. Anchor securely in
place, supported at pit floor. Seal between protective casing and pit floor with 4 inches (100 mm) of
nonshrink,nonmetallic grout.
W D. Sound Isolation: Mount rotating and vibrating equipment on vibration-isolating mounts designed to
effectively prevent transmission of vibrations to structure and thereby eliminate sources of structure-
borne noise from elevator system.
4.
E. Install piping above the floor, where possible. Where not possible, install underground piping in
Schedule 40 PVC pipe casing assembled with solvent-cement fittings.
4W F. Lubricate operating parts of systems as recommended by manufacturers.
G. Alignment: Coordinate installation of hoistway entrances with installation of elevator guide rails for
on accurate alignment of entrances with cars. Where possible,delay installation of sills and frames until car
is operable in shaft. Reduce clearances to minimum,safe,workable dimension at each landing.
Oft H. Leveling Tolerance: 1/4 inch(6 mm),up or down,regardless of load and direction of travel.
I. Set sills flush with finished floor surface at landing. Fill space under sill solidly with nonshrink,
nonmetallic grout.
no
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
on
A. Acceptance Testing: On completion of elevator installation and before permitting use (either temporary
or permanent)of elevators,perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by ASME A17.1 and
by governing regulations and agencies.
B. Advise Owner,Architect,and authorities having jurisdiction in advance of dates and times tests are to be
performed on elevators.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Hydraulic Elevators-14240
EGA,P.C. Page 8 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
w
5. Auxiliary Operations:
a. Battery-powered lowering.
6. Security Features: None.
7. Car Enclosures: As follows:
#° a. Inside Width: 80 inches(2032 mm).
b. Inside Depth: 51 inches(1295 mm).
C. Inside Height: 88 inches(2235 mm).
ew d. Front Walls: Brushed stainless steel with integral car door frames.
e. Car Fixtures: Brushed stainless steel.
f. Side and Rear Wall Panels: Plastic laminate.
g. Reveals: Enameled steel.
h. Door Faces(Interior): Enameled steel.
i. Door Sills: Aluminum.
j. Ceiling: Luminous ceiling.
k. Handrails: Brushed stainless steel at side and rear walls.
1. Floor prepared to receive carpet(specified in Division 9 Section"Carpet").
8. Hoistway Entrances: As follows:
a. Width: 42 inches(1067 mm).
b. Height: 84 inches(2134 mm).
*w
C. Type: Single-speed side sliding.
d. Frames: Enameled steel.
e. Doors: Enameled steel.
P—M
f. Sills: Aluminum.
9. Hall Fixtures: Brushed stainless steel.
10. Additional Requirements: As follows:
a. Provide inspection certificate in each car, mounted under acrylic cover with brushed
stainless-steel frame.
b. Provide protective blanket hooks in car and one complete set of full-height blankets.
11. Number of Stops:4
12. Floor-to-Floor Heights:
a. Basement Level to First Floor: 10'-0".
b. First Floor to Second Floor: 10'-0".
w C. Second Floor to Third Floor: 10'-0".
13. Entrance Frame: 8" throat drywall type. Note: Elevator shaft is 2 hour fire rated wood
construction consisting of 2 layers 5/8" type X6WB over 2x6 wood studs on elevator side and 2
layers 5/8"Type X6WB over V2"resilient channels on the outside of the shaft.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine elevator areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Verify critical dimensions, and examine
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Hydraulic Elevators-14240
EGA,P.C. Page 7 of 9
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
ON
2.5 DOOR REOPENING DEVICES
A. Infrared Array: Provide door reopening devices with a uniform array of 36 or more microprocessor-
controlled, infrared light beams projecting across car entrance. Interruption of one or more of the light
beams shall cause doors to stop and reopen.
2.6 PASSENGER ELEVATOR CAR ENCLOSURES
on
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard steel-framed car enclosures with nonremovable wall panels,
suspended ceiling, trim, accessories, access doors, doors, power door operators, sills (thresholds),
e lighting,and ventilation.
1. Floor finish is specified in another Section.
2. Plastic-Laminate Wall Panels: Plastic laminate adhesively applied to 1/2-inch (13-mm) fire-
on retardant-treated particleboard with plastic-laminate panel backing complying with NEMA LD 3,
Type BKV and manufacturer's standard protective edge trim. Panels have a flame-spread rating of
25 or less,when tested according to ASTM E 84.
3. Fabricate car with recesses and cutouts for signal equipment.
4. Fabricate car door frame integrally with front wall of car.
5. Enameled-Steel Doors: Flush,hollow-metal construction.
6. Sills: Extruded metal,with grooved surface, 1/4 inch(6.4 mm)thick.
7. Luminous Ceiling: Fluorescent light fixtures and ceiling panels of translucent acrylic or other
permanent rigid plastic complying with flammability requirements.
8. Handrails: Manufacturer's standard handrails.
go
2.7 PASSENGER HOISTWAY ENTRANCES
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard horizontal-sliding, door-and-frame hoistway entrances
complete with track systems, hardware, sills, and accessories. Provide frame size and profile to
coordinate with hoistway wall construction.
1. Where gypsum board wall construction is indicated, provide self-supporting frames with
reinforced head sections.
B. Materials and Fabrication: Provide manufacturer's standards but not less than the following:
1. Enameled-Steel Frames: Formed steel sheet.
2. Enameled-Steel Doors and Transoms: Flush,hollow-metal construction.
3. Sills: Extruded metal,with grooved surface, 1/4 inch(6.4 mm)thick.
4. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout
complying with ASTM C 1107.
2.8 PASSENGER ELEVATORS
A. Elevator No.: 2.
1. Type: Under-the-car single cylinder.
2. Rated Load: 2500 lb(1135 kg).
3. Rated Speed: 100 fpm(0.51 m/s).
4. Operation System: Selective collective automatic operation.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Hydraulic Elevators-14240
EGA,P.C. Page 6 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
2.4 SIGNAL EQUIPMENT
ON
A. General: Provide signal equipment for each elevator with hall-call and car-call buttons that light when
activated and remain lit until call has been fulfilled. Fabricate lighted elements of acrylic or other
go permanent,nonyellowing translucent plastic.
B. Car Control Stations: Provide manufacturer's standard semi recessed car control stations. Mount in
return panel adjacent to car door,if not otherwise indicated.
C. Emergency Communication System: Provide system that complies with ASME A17.1 and the U.S.
Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA),
Accessibility Guidelines(ADAAG)." On activation,system dials preprogrammed number of monitoring
station and identifies elevator location to monitoring station. System provides two-way voice
communication without using a handset and provides visible signals that indicate when system has been
activated and when monitoring station has responded. System is contained in flush-mounted cabinet,
with identification, instructions for use,and battery backup power supply.
D. Fire Department Communication System: Provide flush-mounted cabinet in each car and required
conductors in traveling cable for fire department communication system.
E. Car Position Indicator: For passenger elevator cars,provide illuminated-signal type,digital-display type,
or segmented type, located above car door or above car control station. Also provide audible signal to
indicate to passengers that car is either stopping at or passing each of the floors served.
1. Include travel direction arrows if not provided in car control station.
we
F. Hall Push-Button Stations: Provide one hall push-button station at each landing.
G. Hall Lanterns: Provide units with illuminated arrows,but provide single avow at terminal landings.
1. Place lanterns in both jambs of entrance frame for each elevator. Mount at a minimum of 72
inches(1829 mm)above finished floor.
a. At manufacturer's option,for single elevators or for only two cars in a group, lanterns may
be located in car doorjambs instead of entrance jambs.
2. With each lantern, provide audible signals indicating car arrival and direction of travel. Signals
sound once for up and twice for down.
s a. At manufacturer's option,audible signals may be placed on each car.
H. Corridor Call Station Pictograph Signs: Provide signs matching hall push-button stations with text and
graphics according to ASME A17.1,Appendix H. Coordinate with sign subcontractor.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Hydraulic Elevators-14240
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
�w
ws
D. Piping: Provide size, type, and weight piping recommended by manufacturer, and provide flexible
connectors to minimize sound and vibration transmissions from power unit.
1. Provide dielectric couplings at plunger/cylinder units.
2. Casing for Underground Piping: PVC pipe complying with ASTM D 1785 joined with PVC
fittings complying with ASTM D 2466 and solvent cement complying with ASTM D 2564.
E. hisertg:-Furnish required concrete and masonry inserts and similar anchorage devices for installing guide
rails, machinery, and other components of elevator work where installation of devices is specified in
another Specification Section.
uw
F. Protective Cylinder Casings: PVC pipe casings complying with ASME A17.1, of sufficient size to
provide not less than 1-inch(25-mm)clearance from cylinder,and extending above pit floor.
G. Car Frame and Platform: Welded steel units.
1. For freight elevators, provide special heavy-duty units where indicated for power truck loading,
designed to withstand impacts and wheel loadings indicated.
H. Finish Materials: Provide the following materials and finishes for exposed parts of elevator car
enclosures,car doors,hoistway entrance doors and frames,and signal equipment as indicated:
1. Satin Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666,Type 304,with No. 6,nondirectional satin finish.
2. Enameled-Steel Sheet: Cold-rolled steel sheet complying with ASTM A 366/A 366M, matte
finish, stretcher-leveled standard of flatness; hot-rolled steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 569/A 569M may be used for door frames. Provide with factory-applied enamel finish;
colors as selected by Architect.
,., 3. Prime-Painted Steel Sheet: Cold-rolled steel sheet, ASTM A 366/A 366M, or hot-rolled steel
sheet,ASTM A 569/A 569M,with factory-applied rust-inhibitive primer.
4. Plastic Laminate: High-pressure type complying with NEMA LD 3, Type HGS for flat
applications; color, texture, and pattern as selected by Architect from plastic-laminate
manufacturer's full range of products.
2.3 OPERATION SYSTEMS
A. Passenger Elevators: Provide manufacturer's standard microprocessor operation system for each elevator
or group of elevators as required to provide type of operation system indicated.
1. Single Elevator: Provide"selective collective automatic operation"as defined in ASME A17.1.
B. Auxiliary Operations: In addition to primary operation system features,provide the following operational
features for elevators where indicated:
1. Battery-Powered Lowering: If power fails, cars that are at a floor remain at that floor, open their
doors and shut down. Cars that are between floors are lowered to a pre-selected floor, open their
doors and shut down. Cars that are below the pre-selected floor are lowered to the next lower
floor, open their doors and shut down. Systems include rechargeable batter and automatic
40 recharging system.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Hydraulic Elevators-14240
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
�r
O
40
1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide 12 months' full maintenance
W service by skilled employees of the elevator Installer. Include monthly preventive maintenance,repair or
replacement of worn or defective components,lubrication, cleaning,and adjusting as required for proper
elevator operation at rated speed and capacity. Provide parts and supplies as used in the manufacture and
OR installation of original equipment.
1. Include 24-hour-per-day,7-day-per-week emergency callback service.
a. Response Time: Two hours or less.
B. Continuing Maintenance Proposal: Provide a continuing maintenance proposal from Installer to Owner,
in the form of a standard yearly (or other period) maintenance agreement, starting on date initial
maintenance service is concluded. State services,obligations,conditions,and terms for agreement period
and for future renewal options.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering hydraulic
elevators that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following:
1. Thyssen Krupp(formerly Dover Elevator Co.)-Basis of Design.
2. Fujitec America,Inc.
3. Montgomery KONE Inc.
4. Otis Elevator Co.
5. Schindler Elevator Corp.
6. Schumacher Elevator Co.
2.2 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard elevator systems. Where components are not otherwise
indicated, provide standard components, published by manufacturer as included in standard pre-
engineered elevator systems and as required for a complete system.
B. Pump Units: Positive-displacement type with a maximum of 10 percent variation between no load and
NO full load and with minimum pulsations. Provide either of the following:
1. Pump, with fan-cooled squirrel-cage induction motor, mounted on top of oil tank with vibration
40 isolation mounts. Enclose pump in prime-painted steel enclosure lined with 1-inch- (25-mm-)
thick,glass-fiber insulation board.
2. Submersible pump, with submersible squirrel-cage induction motor, suspended inside tank from
vibration isolation mounts.
±" 3. Provide motor with solid-state starting.
4. Provide variable-voltage variable-frequency motor control.
w. C. Hydraulic Silencers: Provide hydraulic silencer containing pulsation-absorbing material in a blowout-
proof housing at pump unit.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Hydraulic Elevators-14240
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 9
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
go
B. Shop Drawings: Show plans, elevations, sections, and large-scale details indicating service at each
landing,machine room layout,coordination with building structure,relationships with other construction,
and locations of equipment and signals. Indicate variations from specified requirements, maximum
dynamic and static loads imposed on building structure at points of support, and maximum and average
power demands.
C. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by elevator manufacturer-certifying that hoistway, pit, and machine
room layout and dimensions, as shown on Drawings, and electrical service, including emergency
generator,as shown and specified,are adequate for elevator system being provided.
w
D. Maintenance Manuals: Include operation and maintenance instructions, parts listing with sources
indicated,recommended parts inventory listing,emergency instructions,and similar information. Include
MR diagnostic and repair information available to manufacturer's and Installer's maintenance personnel.
Submit for Owner's information at Project closeout as specified in Division 1.
E. Inspection and Acceptance Certificates and Operating Permits: As required by authorities having
an jurisdiction for normal,unrestricted elevator use.
on, 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Elevator manufacturer or an experienced installer approved by elevator
manufacturer who has completed elevator installations similar in material, design, and extent to that
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Regulatory Requirements: In addition to local governing regulations, comply with applicable provisions
in ASME A17.1,"Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators."
1. Seismic Risk Zone: Project is located in Zone 2.
C. Accessibility Requirements: In addition to local governing regulations, comply with Section 4.10 in the
U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA),Accessibility Guidelines(ADAAG)."
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of sleeves, block outs, and items that are embedded in concrete or fastened to
wood framing for elevator equipment. Furnish templates and installation instructions and deliver to
Project site in time for installation.
B. Furnish well casing and coordinate delivery with related excavation work.
no C. Coordinate locations and dimensions of other work relating to hydraulic elevators including pit ladders,
sumps, and floor drains in pits; entrance subsills; and electrical service, electrical outlets, lights, and
switches in pits and machine rooms.
1.7 1 WARRANTY
A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by manufacturer agreeing to repair, restore,
or replace defective elevator work within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: 12 months from date of Substantial Completion.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Hydraulic Elevators-14240
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
w�
SECTION 14240-HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS -
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes hydraulic passenger elevators.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section"Earthwork"for excavation to accommodate plunger-cylinder assembly.
2. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for setting sleeves, inserts, and anchoring devices in
concrete.
3. Division 5 Section"Metal Fabrications"for the following:
e a. Attachment plates and angle brackets for supporting guide-rail brackets.
b. Structural-steel shapes for subsills.
C. Pit ladders.
4. Division 9 Section"Painting"for field painting of hoistway entrances.
5. Division 9 Section"Carpet"for finish flooring in elevator cars.
6. Division 16 Sections for smoke detectors in elevator lobbies to initiate emergency recall operation
and heat detectors in shafts and machine rooms to disconnect power from elevator equipment
before sprinkler activation and for connection to elevator controllers.
7. Division 16 Sections for telephone service to elevators.
r 8. Division 16 Sections for electrical service for elevators to and including disconnect switches at
machine room door and standby power source, and connection from auxiliary contacts in
disconnect to controller.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
we A. Defective Elevator Work: Operation or control system failures; performances below specified ratings;
excessive wear; unusual deterioration or aging of materials or finishes; unsafe conditions; the need for
excessive maintenance; abnormal noise or vibration; and similar unusual, unexpected, and unsatisfactory
conditions.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include capacities, sizes, performances, operations, safety features, finishes, and similar
information.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Hydraulic Elevators-14240
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 9
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
w
G. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results
indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as
directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of
concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as directed by Architect.
-END OF SECTION 03300
o
o�
ase
Aw,
awr
w
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 16 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
op
M®
s ...
E. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used,subject-to Architects approval.
go 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample
," materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Sampling and testing for
quality control may include those specified in this Article.
B. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172
shall be performed according to the following requirements:
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix
40 exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu.m),but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m),plus one set for each additional
50 cu.yd.(38 cu.m)or fraction thereof.
2. Slump: ASTM C 143;one test at point of placement for each composite sample,but not less than
one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Perform additional tests when concrete
00 consistency appears to change.
3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; ASTM C 173,
volumetric method,for structural lightweight concrete;one test for each composite sample,but not
N„ less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix.
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4.4
deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each composite
sample.
no 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory cure one set of four
standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.
Aw a. Cast and field cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.
6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39;test two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and two
at 28 days.
an
a. Test two field-cured specimens at 7 days and two at 28 days.
b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from two specimens
obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated.
C. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders,
Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place
concrete.
D. Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-
go strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value
falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi(3.4 MPa).
ON E. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48
hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and
number,date of concrete placement,name of concrete testing and inspecting agency,location of concrete
batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials,
ow compressive breaking strength,and type of break for both 7-and 28-day tests.
F. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer,sonoscope,or other nondestructive device may be permitted by
go Architect Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete.
wAr
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 15 of 16
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
3.14 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace
concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.
B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar;consisting of one part Portland cement to two and one-
half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.2-mm) sieve, using only enough water for handling and
an placing.
C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air
bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other
discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
1. Immediately after form removal,cut out honeycombs, rock pockets,and voids more than 1/2 inch
(13 mm) in any dimension in solid concrete but not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in depth. Make
edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes
and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has
dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white Portland cement and standard
Portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test
area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with
No patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural
performance as determined by Architect.
± . D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify
surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain
for trueness of slope and smoothness;use a sloped template.
1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls,popouts, honeycombs,
rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch (0.25 mm) wide or that penetrate to
reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other
uo objectionable conditions.
2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days,correct high areas by grinding.
3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by
so cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into
adjacent concrete.
4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare,
mix,and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to
produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor
elevations.
5. Repair defective areas,except random cracks and single holes 1 inch(25 mm)or less in diameter,
by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts
and expose steel reinforcement with at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) clearance all around. Dampen
concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching
concrete of same materials and mix as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place,
compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent
concrete.
6. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching mortar.
Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose
particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar
before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete.
Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 14 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
to
AN
B. Equipment Bases-and Foundations-'".Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on
Drawings or as required by other trades, if not shown. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at
correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and
equipment.
3.12 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with recommendations in ACI 305R for hot-
weather protection during curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
go, conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h(1 kg/sq. in x h) before and during finishing
operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull
floating or darbying concrete,but before float finishing.
ON C. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces,
including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces, by one or a combination of the
following methods:
OF
1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the
following materials:
am a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray.
C. Absorptive cover,water saturated,and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and
wo edges with 12-inch(300-mm)lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for
curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches
(300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days.
Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof
tape.
eae
a. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining cover or
a curing compound that the manufacturer recommends for use with floor coverings.
3. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous
operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas
subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours
later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing
period.
3.13 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS
A. Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to hardened
M concrete by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions.
0
edge
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 13 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
w
40
w
3.10 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS
A. General: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302AR for screeding, restraightening, and finishing
operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull-floated or
darbied. Use stiff brushes,brooms,or rakes.
1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or
mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile and other bonded cementitious floor finishes.
C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or
inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float
passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform,smooth,granular texture.
1. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab
surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing.
D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or
power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and
uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through
applied coatings or floor coverings.
I. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be
covered with resilient flooring,carpet,ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane,paint,
or another thin film-finish coating system
2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, measured within 24 hours according to
ASTM E 1155/E 1155M for a randomly trafficked floor surface:
3. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled
freestanding 10-foot-(3.05-m-) long straightedge,resting on two high spots and placed anywhere
on the surface,does not exceed the following:
a. 1/4 inch(6.4 mm).
E. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, to
surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin-
set method. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify
surface with a fine broom.
F. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as
indicated.
1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-
bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect
before application.
3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures,unless otherwise indicated,after work of
other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction.
Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete Work.
ON
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 12 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
aa�
E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous,,,.operation, within limits of
construction joints,until placement of a panel or section is complete.
1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around
reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.
3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.
4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.
5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface
plane, free of humps or hollows,before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do
not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.
F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical
no damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost,freezing actions,or low temperatures.
1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C), uniformly
heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than
50 deg F(10 deg C)and not more than 80 deg F(27 deg C)at point of placement.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen
subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical
accelerators,unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs.
G. Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI305R and as follows,
when hot-weather conditions exist:
I. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at
time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature,
provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid
nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient
ON air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.
3. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade
moisture uniform without standing water,soft spots,or dry areas.
ON
3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an
orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective
areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch(3 mm)in height.
1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering
material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, or
painting.
B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls,horizontal offsets,and similar unformed surfaces adjacent
to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces.
Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces,unless
otherwise indicated.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 11 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
1. - 'Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive.or
diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-(3-mm-)wide joints into concrete when cutting action will
not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction
cracks.
D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions
with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as
indicated.
1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete
wo surface,unless otherwise indicated.
2. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch(12 mm)or more than 1 inch(25 mm)
below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 7 Section "Joint
up Sealants,"are indicated.
3. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required,
lace or clip sections together.
E. Dowel Joints: Install dowel sleeves and dowels or dowel bar and support assemblies at joints where
indicated.
1. Use dowel sleeves or lubricate or asphalt-coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete
bonding to one side of joint.
3.7 WATERSTOPS
A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints as indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in
longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of Work. Field-
fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions.
40 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is
r complete and that required inspections have been performed.
B. Before placing concrete,water may be added at Project site,subject to limitations of ACI 301.
C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on
concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed
continuously,provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
D. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches (600 mm) and in a manner to
avoid inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic, to avoid cold
�w
joints.
1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures
for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R.
e 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at
uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator. Place vibrators
to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not
insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion,
limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of
reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to segregate.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 10 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
ate.
C. When forms are reused,clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and
secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved
by Architect.
a
3.4 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Vapor Retarder: Place, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643 and
manufacturer's written instructions.
3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice"for placing reinforcement.
1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing
concrete.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale,earth,ice,and other foreign materials.
+s C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support
reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing
reinforcing bars.
w D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete,not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Install welded wire fabric in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap
■s edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to
prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire.
3.6 JOINTS
A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations
indicated or as approved by Architect.
1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction
joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip
placements of floors and slabs.
2. Form from preformed galvanized steel, plastic keyway-section forms, or bulkhead forms with
keys,unless otherwise indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches(38 mm)into concrete.
3. Locate joints for beams, slabs,joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in
ow girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder intersection.
4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors,slabs,beams,and girders and
at the top of footings or floor slabs.
5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near
corners,and in concealed locations where possible.
6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially
hardened concrete surfaces.
are
C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into
areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete
thickness,as follows:
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 9 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
so
atr
E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush
or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined
w surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets,
recesses,and the like,for easy removal.
1. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.
F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and
slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off
ON templates or compacting-type screeds.
G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is
inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of
concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.
H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
taw
I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets,blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in
the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items.
J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other
debris just before placing concrete.
ow K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain
proper alignment.
L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent,according to manufacturer's written instructions,
before placing reinforcement.
3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is
attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions,and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
1. Install anchor bolts,accurately located,to elevations required.
2. Install reglets to receive top edge of foundation sheet waterproofing and to receive through-wall
flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls,where flashing is shown at lintels,shelf
angles,and other conditions.
e 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as required.
3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS
A. General: Formwork, for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work, that does not
support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F(10 deg C)
for 24 hours after placing concrete provided concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal
operations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained.
so B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise
damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release
agent.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 8 of 16
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
n#
E. Air Content: Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point
of placement having an air content as follows within a tolerance of plus 1 or minus 1.5 percent, unless
otherwise indicated:
1. Air Content: 6 percent for 3/4-inch-(19-mm-)nominal maximum aggregate size at exterior slabs.
F. Do not air entrain concrete to trowel-finished interior floors and suspended slabs. Do not allow entrapped
air content to exceed 3 percent.
G. Limit water-soluble,chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement.
H. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
�wr 1. Use water-reducing admixture or high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in
concrete,as required, for placement and workability.
2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures,low humidity,or
other adverse placement conditions.
3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, and concrete with a water-cementitious
materials ratio below 0.50.
4. Shrinkage control"fibermesh"or equal.Proportioned per the manufacturer's specification. Submit
emu for review an approval to the Architect.
on
2.13 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice."
2.14 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure,batch,mix,and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94,and furnish
batch ticket information.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK
A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral,
static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can
support such loads.
B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and
position indicated,within tolerance limits of ACI 117.
C. Limit concrete surface irregularities,designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual,as follows:
1. Class B, 1/4 inch.
D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 7 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
on
�w
M. SikaFilm; Sika Corporation.
n. Finishing Aid;Symons Corporation.
o. Certi-Vex EnvioAssist;Vexcon Chemicals,Inc.
4W
2.10 RELATED MATERIALS
ON
A. Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-
expanding cork.
B. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059,Type II,non-redispersible,acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene.
C. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch (0.85 mm) thick, with
bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or
debris.
2.11 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Repair Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in
thicknesses from 1/8 inch(3.2 mm)and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, Portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as
defined in ASTM C 219.
ON 2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and
application.
3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as
recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to
ASTM C 109/C.
2.12 CONCRETE MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or
field test data bases,as follows:
1. Proportion normal-weight concrete according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301.
B. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs for the
laboratory trial mix basis.
C. Footings and Foundation Walls: Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows:
1. Compressive Strength(28 Days): 3000 psi.
2. Maximum Slump: 3-5 inches.
D. Slab-on-Grade: Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows:
1. Compressive Strength(28 Days): 3000 psi.
2. Maximum Slump: 5 inches.
w.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 6 of 16
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
a
2.8 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS
A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Chemically reactive, waterbome solution of inorganic silicate or
siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; colorless; that penetrates, hardens, and
40 densifies concrete surfaces.
B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated into the
Work include,but are not limited to,the following:
1. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment:
,w a. Titan Hard;Burke Group,LLC(The).
b. Chemisil Plus;ChemMasters.
C. Intraseal;Conspec Marketing&Manufacturing Co.,Inc.
d. Ashford Formula;Curecrete Chemical Co.,Inc.
e. Day-Chem Sure Hard;Dayton Superior Corporation.
f. Euco Diamond Hard;Euclid Chemical Co.
g. Seal Hard;L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc.
w.� h. Vexcon Starseal PS;Vexcon Chemicals,Inc.
aas
2.9 CURING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh
concrete.
B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz./sq.yd.(305 g/sq.m)dry.
o
C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171,polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.
D. Water: Potable.
E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1,
Class A.
F. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated into the
Work include,but are not limited to,the following:
40 1. Evaporation Retarder:
a. Cimfilm;Axim Concrete Technologies.
00 b. Finishing Aid Concentrate;Burke Group,LLC(The).
C. Spray-Film;ChemMasters.
d. Aquafilm;Conspec Marketing&Manufacturing Co.,Inc.
e. Sure Film;Dayton Superior Corporation.
W f. Eucobar;Euclid Chemical Co.
g. Vapor Aid;Kaufman Products,Inc.
h. Lambco Skin;Lambert Corporation.
w i. E-Con;L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc.
j. Confilm;Master Builders,Inc.
k. Waterhold;Metalcrete Industries.
1. Rich Film;Richmond Screw Anchor Co.
mo
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
PW
a�
2.5 ADMIXTURES
A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble
chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and
No cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride.
B. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
C. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type A.
D. High-Range,Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type F.
2.6 WATERSTOPS
A. Flexible PVC Waterstops: CE CRD-C 572, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids
through joints. Factory fabricate corners,intersections,and directional changes.
1. Profile: Ribbed with center bulb.
B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following:
1. PVC Waterstops:
a. Greenstreak.
b. Meadows: W.R.Meadows,Inc.
C. Murphy: Paul Murphy Plastics Co.
so d. Progress Unlimited Inc.
e. Stemson Group.
£ Tamms Industries Co.;Div.of LaPorte Construction Chemicals North America,Inc.
g. Vinylex Corporation.
ue h. Westec Barrier Technologies;Div.of Western Textile Products,Inc.
2.7 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class C, of one of the following materials; or polyethylene sheet,
ASTM D 4397,not less than 10 mils thick:
1. Nonwoven,polyester-reinforced,polyethylene coated sheet; 10 mils thick.
2. Three-ply, nylon- or polyester-cord-reinforced, laminated, high-density polyethylene sheet; 7.8
mils thick.
a�
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
MR
- B. Chamfer Strips: Wood,metal,PVC,or rubber strips,3/4 by 3/4 inch(19 by 19 rnm),minimum.
C. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or
adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials.
W"
D. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties
designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on
removal.
2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A Grade 60 deformed.
B. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185,fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets.
2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening
reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual
of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic,or precast concrete or fiber-reinforced concrete of greater
compressive strength than concrete,and as follows:
B. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain-steel bars,ASTM A 615/A Grade 60 . Cut bars true to length with ends square
and free of burrs.
2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type I.
4" B. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33,uniformly graded,and as follows:
1. Class: Severe weathering region,but not less than 3S.
2. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch.
3. Combined Aggregate Gradation: Well graded from coarsest to finest with not more than 18
percent and not less than 8 percent retained on an individual sieve,except that less than 8 percent
may be retained on coarsest sieve and on No.50 sieve,and less than 8 percent may be retained on
sieves finer than No.50.
C. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94.
a�
"w
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
ow
6. Curing materials.
7. Floor and slab treatments.
8. Bonding agents.
w 9. Vapor retarders.
10. Joint-filler strips.
11. Repair materials.
�r
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material,
design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a
record of successful in-service performance.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products
complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment.
w. 1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's
Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities.
ON C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as
documented according to ASTM E 548.
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician,
Grade 1,according to ACI CP-I or an equivalent certification program.
D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same
manufacturer's plant,each aggregate from one source,and each admixture from the same manufacturer.
E. ACI Publications: Comply with the following,unless more stringent provisions are indicated:
1. ACI 301,"Specification for Structural Concrete."
2. ACI 117,"Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
ear
1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver,store,and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage.
an PART 2-PRODUCTS
�. 2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS
A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth
concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints.
1. Plywood,metal,or other approved panel materials.
2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as
follows:
a. Structural 1,B-B,or better,mill oiled and edge sealed.
b. B-B(Concrete Form),Class 1,or better,mill oiled and edge sealed.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 16
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
sm��
go
SECTION 03300-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete,including formwork, reinforcement,concrete materials,mix
design,placement procedures,and finishes.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section"Earthwork" for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade.
2. Division 2 Section"Cement Concrete Pavement"for concrete pavement,walks and patios.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic
a, cement,fly ash and other pozzolans,ground granulated blast-fumace slag,and silica fume.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated.
no B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials,
project conditions,weather,test results,or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
as C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Details of fabrication,bending,and placement,prepared according
to ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." Include material, grade,bar schedules,
stirrup spacing,bent bar diagrams,arrangement, and supports of concrete reinforcement. Include special
reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures.
go
D. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for
compliance of the following with requirements indicated, based on comprehensive testing of current
on materials:
E. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with
requirements:
1. Cementitious materials and aggregates.
2. Form materials and form-release agents.
3. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories.
4. Admixtures.
5. Waterstops.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Cast-in-Place-Concrete-03300
EGA,P.C. Page I of 16
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
on
At the end of the guarantee period, the Landscape Architect will inspect all guaranteed
work for Final Acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be
received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date for final inspection.
Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgement of
the Landscape Architect at that time, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the
Final Acceptance of the project.
END OF SECTION
4M
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02860-Sodding
EGA,P.C. Page 10
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
No
1. First Week: Provide all labor and arrange for all watering necessary for rooting
of the sod. Soil on sod pads shall be kept moist at all times. In the absence of
adequate rainfall, watering shall be performed daily or as often as necessary
during the first week and in sufficient quantities to maintain moist soil to a
depth of at least 4 inches. Watering should be done during the heat of the day
to prevent wilting.
, . 2. Second Week: Water the sod as required to maintain adequate moisture in the
upper 4 inches of soil, necessary for the promotion of deep root growth.
B. Mowing
The first mowing shall not be attempted until the sod is firmly rooted and secure in place.
Not more than 40% of the grass leaf shall be removed by the initial or subsequent
mowings. Bluegrass height shall be maintained between 1 1/2" and 2 1/2", unless
otherwise specified.
C. Duration
1. Maintenance shall begin immediately after sodding operations and shall
continue for a minimum of thirty (60) days, or until acceptance, whichever is
longer.
2. Maintenance of sodded areas shall consist of watering, weeding, cutting, repair
*` of all erosion and sodding as necessary to establish a uniform stand of grass.
All areas that fail to show a uniform stand of grass for any reason shall be
resodded repeatedly until a uniform stand is attained. Scattered bare spots,
evenly distributed and not exceeding 6" square of any sod area, will be allowed
at the discretion of the Landscape Architect.
3.07 CLEANUP
A. When any of this work is done near pavement or streets, pavements shall be kept
clear at all times, and broom cleaned to prevent tracking dirt onto pavement or street.
B. After completion of all sodding operations, dispose of all debris and excess material,
to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect. All pavements shall be swept and
hosed clean.
3.08 FINAL INSPECTION AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02860-Sodding
EGA,P.C. Page 9
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
m
40
D. After incorporation of fertilizer and lime into the soil, the sod bed shall be fine
graded to remove ridges and depressions, and the surface cleared of all stones V or
ear. more in diameter and of other debris.
3.05 SOD TRANSPLANTING
A. Moisture Content
Sod shall not be harvested or transplanted when moisture content (excessively dry or wet)
may adversely affect its survival.
B. Time Limitations
1. Sod shall be harvested, delivered and transplanted within a period of 36 hours unless
a suitable preservation method is approved prior to delivery.
2. Sod not transplanted within this period shall be inspected and approved by the
Landscape Architect prior to its installation.
an
C. Transplanting
1. Moistening the Soil: During periods of higher than optimal temperature for
species being specified and after all unevenness in the soil surface has been
corrected, the soil shall be lightly moistened immediately prior to laying sod.
2. Starter Strip: The first row of sod shall be laid in a straight line with
subsequent rows placed parallel to and tightly against each other. Lateral joints
shall be staggered to promote more uniform growth and strength. Care shall be
exercised to ensure that sod is not stretched or overlapped and that all joints are
butted tight in order to prevent voids that would cause air-drying of the roots.
3. Sloping Surfaces: On 1:3 or greater slopes, sod shall be laid with staggered
joints and secured by tamping, pegging or other approved methods.
4. Watering and Rolling: Water sod immediately after transplanting to prevent
excessive drying during progress of work. As sodding is completed in any one
section, the entire area shall be rolled. It shall then be thoroughly watered to a
depth sufficient that the underside of the new sod pad and soil immediately
below the sod are thoroughly wet. The Owner shall be responsible for having
adequate water available.
3.06 SOD MAINTENANCE
A. Watering
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02860-Sodding
EGA,P.C. Page 8
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
W
A. The Contractor shall do whatever grading is necessary to bring the subgrade to a true
smooth slope parallel and 4" below finished grade for all sod areas.
B. There must be sufficient grade stakes as determined by the Landscape Architect to
insure correct line and grade of subgrade and of finished grade.
C. The top 3" of the subgrade immediately prior to being covered with topsoil shall be
raked or otherwise loosened, and shall be free of stones, rock and other foreign
material 3" or greater in dimensions.
3.03 FINISH GRADE PREPARATION
A. Topsoil shall not be delivered or worked in a frozen or muddy condition.
B. Topsoil shall be placed and spread over approved areas to a depth sufficiently greater
than 4" in sod lawn areas so that after natural settlement of light rolling, the
*� completed work will conform to the lines, grades and elevations indicated.
C. After topsoil has been spread in approved areas, it shall be carefully prepared by
+ scarifying or harrowing, and stones over 1" in diameter shall be removed from the
topsoil and it shall also be free of smaller stones in excessive quantities as
determined by the Landscape Architect.
D. The whole surface shall then be rolled with a roller weighing not more than 100 lbs.
per foot of width. During the rolling, all depressions caused by settlement of rolling
shall be filled with additional topsoil and the surface shall be regraded and rolled
until presenting a smooth and even finish to the required grade.
3.04 SOD BED PREPARATION
A. After the areas to be sodded have been brought to the grades specified, spread
limestone at a rate of 50 pounds per 1,000 square feet.
B. Apply the 12-4-6 fertilizer at a rate of 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet within ten
(10) days prior to sodding. Thoroughly and evenly incorporate fertilizer and lime
with the soil to a depth of 3 inches by disking or other approved method. In areas
inaccessible to power equipment, use hand tools. Adjacent trees and shrubs use
hand tools to avoid disturbance of the roots.
C. The soil shall be reconstituted as may be recommended by a soil testing agency prior
to use as planting soil. Any deficiencies in the topsoil shall be corrected.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02860-Sodding
EGA,P.C. Page 7
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
40
B. Limestone
Ground dolomitic limestone shall be an approved agricultural limestone, and shall
contain not less than 85% of total carbonates. Limestone shall be ground to such
fineness that 50% will pass a 100-mesh sieve, and 90%will pass a 20-mesh sieve.
2.04 SOD
A. General
Sod shall be commercially grown lawn grass at least two years old from time of
original seeding, vigorous, well-rooted, healthy turf, free from insect pests, disease,
weeds or other deleterious matter. Sod shall be cut by mechanical sod cutter to a
thickness of not less than 3/4" nor more than 1 1/2". Width of strips shall be either
12 or 18 inches; and lengths shall not exceed 6'.
B. Sod shall consist of a blend of grasses equal to that obtained by using the following
seed mixture:
20%Newport Kentucky Bluegrass
25%Advent Perennial Ryegrass
30% Creeping Red Fescue
25%Topgun Perennial Ryegrass
Actual formulation shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect for approval.
PART 3—EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection
1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other
trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this
installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that sod placement may be completed in accordance with the original
design and the referenced standards.
B. Discrepancies
1. In the event of a discrepancy, immediately notify the Landscape Architect.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such
discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3.02 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02860-Sodding
EGA,P.C. Page 6
w EGA M 10213 10/08/03
an
4%Phosphoric Acid
6%Potash
Fertilizer shall be mixed as specified, and delivered to the site in standard un-opened
containers showing weight, guaranteed analysis, and name of manufacturer.
• C. Special Protection
If stored at the site, protect fertilizer from the elements at all times.
ow 2.03 SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Peat
Peat shall be moist peat. It shall be finely shredded, consist of 90% organic moss
peat, be brown in color and suitable for horticultural purposes. Shredded particles
shall not exceed 1/4" in diameter. Peat shall be measured in air dry condition
containing not more than 35% moisture by weight. Ash content shall not exceed
10%.
40
WX
so
MW
W
40
so
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02860-Sodding
EGA,P.C. Page 5
ow EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
NO
dimension, be free of'lumps,plants,glass, roots, sticks, excessive stone content,
debris and extraneous matter as determined by the Landscape Architect. Screened
40 loam shall fall within the pH range of 6.0-6.5 except as noted on plans and details.
It shall be uncontaminated by salt water, foreign matter and substances harmful to
plant growth. The maximum soluble salt index shall be 100. Screened loam shall
„ not have levels of aluminum greater than 200 parts per million.
If limestone is required to amend the screened loam to bring it within the pH range
of 6.0-6.5, no more than 200 pounds of limestone per 1000 square feet of loam,
incorporated into the soil, or 50 pounds of limestone per 1000 square feet of loam,
surface application,per season.
The Landscape Architect will reject any material delivered to the site which, after
post-delivery testing does not meet these specifications. If the delivered screened
loam does not meet the specifications in this document, the delivered screened loam
will be removed by the contractor at the contractor's expense and at the time of
rej ection.
B. Testing
The Contractor shall take representative samples of topsoil from the site and from
topsoil to be hauled in and shall submit samples to a Soil Testing Laboratory for
chemical analysis, and physical analysis. The Contractor shall indicate to the
testing agencies that turf is to be planted and who the Owner is. The Contractor
shall forward to the Landscape Architect two copies of analysis and
recommendations of the testing agencies.
2.02 FERTILIZER
Aft
A. General
All fertilizer shall be a commercial balanced 12-4-6 fertilizer delivered to the site in
bags labeled with the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis.
B. Commercial Fertilizer
Commercial fertilizer shall be a complete fertilizer, in which 50-70 percent of the
nitrogenous elements shall be derived from organic sources; phosphate shall be
derived from super- phosphoric acid, or bonemeal containing 25-50% phosphoric
acid and 2-3% nitrogen; and potash shall be derived from muriate of potash
containing 55-60%potash. It shall contain the following percentages by weight:
12%Nitrogen
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02860-Sodding
EGA,P.C. Page 4
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
on
4M
3. Use all means necessary to protect sodding materials before, during and after
installation, and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.
B. Replacements
In the event of damage or rejection, immediately make all repairs and replacements
necessary to the approval of the Landscape Architect.
1.09 PLANTING SEASON
A. Sodding
Sodding shall be done between August 15 and October 1 and/or April 1 and May 15.
B. Variance
If special conditions exist which may warrant a variance in the above planting dates,
•�• a written request shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect stating the special
conditions for the proposed variance. Permission for the variance will be given if
warranted in the opinion of the Landscape Architect.
PART 2—PRODUCTS
•• 2.01 TOPSOIL
A. Screened loam shall be"fine sandy loam" or"sandy loam"determined by
mechanical analysis (ASTM d-422) and based on the USDA Classification System.
Screened loam shall have the following mechanical analysis:
Textural Class Percentage of Total Weight Average Percentage
Sand 45-75 60
*" (0.05-2.Omm dia.)
Silt 15-35 25
(0.002-0.05mm dia.)
Clay 5-20 15
(<0.002mm dia.)
Screened loam shall not contain less than 5 percent nor more than 10 percent
organic matter as determined by the loss on ignition of oven-dried samples, at 100
degrees C, +/- 5 degrees C.
Screened loam shall consist of fertile, friable natural loam capable of sustaining
vigorous plant growth. Loam shall be without admixture of subsoil and refuse,
resulting in a homogenous material free of stones greater than %z" in the greatest
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02860-Sodding
EGA,P.C. Page 3
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
on
40
Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this
portion of the work, and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials
ON being installed and the best methods for their installation, and who shall direct all
work performed under this Section.
B. Standards
All sod material' shall meet or exceed the Specifications of the American Sod
Producers Association requiring inspection for plant disease and insect control.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List
Within fifteen (45) days after Award of Contract, and before any sod materials are
delivered to the job site, submit to the Landscape Architect a complete list of all
•• sodding and other items proposed to be installed.
1. Make submittal in accordance with the provisions of these Specifications.
2. Include complete data on source, size and quality.
3. Demonstrate complete conformance with the requirements of this Section.
4. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution for specific items
described in the Drawings or these Specifications unless the substitution has
been approved in advance by the Landscape Architect.
B. Certificates
1. All certificates required by law shall accompany shipments.
2. Prior to installation, deliver all sod certificates to the Landscape Architect.
1.08 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery and Storage
1. Deliver all items to the site with all labels intact and legible at the time of the
Landscape Architect's inspection.
2. Immediately remove from site all sodding materials that are not true to name
and all materials that do not comply with the provisions of this Section of these
Specifications.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02860-Sodding
EGA,P.C. Page 2
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
am
SECTION 02860
SODDING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically
listed in this Section,provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to
the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with
the Engineer's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within
either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater
quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Engineer's
interpretation.
1.04 SECTION INCLUDES
The scope of this Section includes everything necessary for, and incidental to, the
execution and completion of reconstituting of topsoil, finish grading, fertilizing,
sodding, watering and maintenance of all areas as indicated on the Drawings and as
+! specified herein.
1.05 RELATED WORK
A. Earthwork ......................................................................Section 02315
B. Planting ......................................................................Section 02800
C. Sodding ......................................................................Section 02860
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workmen
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02860-Sodding
EGA,P.C. Page 1
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
4W
�w
3.08 ACCEPTANCE IN PART
The work maybe accepted in parts when it is deemed to be in the Owner's best interest to
do so and when approval is given to the Contractor in writing to complete the work in
parts. Acceptance and use of such areas by the Owner shall not waive any other
provisions of this Contract.
3.09 CLEANUP
A. When any of this work is done while buildings are occupied,pavements shall be
kept clear at all times, broom cleaned to prevent tracking dirt into buildings.
B. After completion of all planting operations, dispose of all debris and excess
material to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect. All pavements shall be
„ swept and hosed clean.
3.10 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
At the end of the guarantee period,the Landscape Architect will inspect all guaranteed
work for the Final Acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall
be received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date for final inspection.
Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgement
of the Landscape Architect at that time, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to
the Final Acceptance of the project.
IM
END OF SECTION
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02850-Seeding
EGA,P.C. Page I 1
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
M
40
C. Promptly after seeding, wet the seed bed thoroughly, keeping all areas moist
throughout the germination period.
D. Mulch shall be placed immediately after seeding. Straw or salt marsh hay that has
been thoroughly fluffed shall be spread evenly and uniformly at the rate of two to
three tons per acre: Lumps and thick muleb materials shall be tbin.ned. All mulch
anchor stakes, strings and matting shall be removed before final acceptance of
lawns. In addition,following mulching, all slopes of 3:1 or greater shall be covered
with jute, biodegradable tobacco netting or approved equal securely stapled in
place. Overlap all joints in netting a minimum of 6".
E. Take whatever measures are necessary to protect the seeded area while it is
germinating. These measures shall include furnishing warnings signs, barriers, and
other needed measures of protection.
+•v 3.06 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after seeding operations and shall continue
* ► until Acceptance or for a minimum of 60 days, whichever is longer.
B. Maintenance of seed areas shall consist of watering, weeding, curing, repair of all
erosion, and reseeding as necessary to establish a uniform stand of grass. Lawns
shall be watered in a a satisfactory manner during and immediately after planting,
and not less than twice per week until final acceptance. All areas which fail to
+* show a uniform stand of grass for any reason shall be reseeded repeatedly until a
uniform stand is attained. Scattered bare spots, evenly distributed and not
exceeding 8" square of any lawn area, will be allowed at the discretion of the
Landscape Architect.
At the time of the first cutting, there shall be a uniform stand between 3 and 3-1/2"
high, and mower blades shall be set between 2-1/2" and 3" high.
Catch shall be representative of seed specified.
3.07 ACCEPTANCE
The Landscape Architect shall inspect all work for Acceptance upon written request of
the Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the
anticipated date of inspection. Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or
renewals necessary in-the judgement of the Landscape Architect,he shall certify in
writing to the Contractor as to the Acceptance of the work.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02850-Seeding
EGA,P.C. Page 10
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
400
E. The whole surface shall then be rolled with a roller which weighs not more than
100 pounds per foot of width. During the rolling, all depressions caused by
settlement of rolling shall be filled with additional topsoil, and the surface shall be
regraded and rolled until presenting a smooth and even finish to the required grade.
3.04 SEED BED PREPARATION
A. After the areas to be seeded have been brought to the grades specified, spread
limestone at a rate of 100 pounds per 1,000 square feet.
B. Apply the 18-26-12 fertilizer at a rate of 5 pounds per 1,000 square feet within 10
days prior to seeding. Thoroughly and evenly incorporate fertilizer and lime with
the soil to a depth of 3" by disking or other approved method. In areas inaccessible
to power equipment, use hand tools. Adjacent to trees and shrubs, use hand tools to
avoid disturbances of the roots.
C. The Seeding Contractor shall reconstitute the soil, as may be recommended by a
soil testing agency,prior to use as planting soil. Any deficiencies in the topsoil
shall be corrected by the Contractor, as recommended, at no expense to the Owner.
D. After incorporation of fertilizer and lime into the soil, the seed bed shall be fine
graded to remove all ridges and depressions and the surface cleared of all debris
and of all stones one inch or more in diameter.
3.05 SEEDING
A. Immediately before seeding, the ground shall be restored, as necessary, to a loose
friable condition by dicing or other approved method to a depth of not less than 2".
The surface shall be cleared of all debris and of all stones 1" or more in diameter.
B. Seed all areas to be seeded with specified grass seed, sowing evenly with an
approved mechanical seeder at the rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet. Sow 3
pounds per 1,000 square feet in one direction and 3 pounds per 1,000 square feet at
right angles to the first seeding. Spread seed when soil is moist. Cultipacker, or
approved similar equipment, may be used to cover the seed and to firm the seed bed
in one operation. In areas inaccessible to cultipacker, the seeded ground shall be
lightly raked and rolled in two directions with a water ballast roller. Extreme care
shall be taken during seeding and raking to insure that no change shall occur in the
finished grades and that the seed is not raked from one spot to another. Hydro-
""" seeding is an acceptable manner of seeding, providing the Contractor certifies in
writing that the hydro-seed fertilizer mix is as herein specified and applied at the
equivalent rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02850-Seeding
EGA,P.C. Page 9
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
1. - Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all
other trades, and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this
installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that seeding may be completed in accordance with the original design
and the referenced standards.
B. Discrepancies
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Landscape Architect.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such
discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3.02 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
A. The Contractor shall do whatever grading is necessary to bring the subgrade to a
true, smooth slope,parallel and 6" below finished grade, for all seed bed areas.
Remove all existing lawns and grasses, including roots.
B. There must be sufficient grade staked, as determined by the Landscape Architect,to
insure correct line and grade of subgrade and of finished grade.
C. Immediately prior to being covered with topsoil, the top 3" of the subgrade shall be
raked or otherwise loosened and shall be free of stones,rock, and other foreign
material 3" or greater in dimensions.
3.03 FINISH GRADE PREPARATION
A. Topsoil shall not be delivered or worked in a frozen or muddy condition.
B. Topsoil shall be placed and spread over approved areas to a depth sufficiently
greater than 4" in "loam and seed" lawn areas and 15" in plant bed areas so that
after natural settlement and light rolling,the completed work will conform to the
lines, grades, and elevations indicated. If excess topsoil exists, topsoil shall be
spread a maximum of 8" deep on lawn areas.
D. After topsoil has been spread in approved areas, it shall be carefully prepared by
scarifying or harrowing, and stones over one inch in diameter shall be removed
from the topsoil. It shall be free of smaller stones in excessive quantities, as
determined by the Landscape Architect.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02850-Seeding
EGA,P.C. Page 8
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
2.04 GRASS SEED
A. General
All grass seed shall be:
1. Free from noxious weed seeds and recleaned.
2. Grade A recent crop seed.
3. Treated with appropriate fungicide at time of mixing.
4. Delivered to the site in sealed containers with dealer's guaranteed analysis.
B. Seed Mix(for Springtime Construction)Proportions by Weight
Percent by Percent of Percent
Weiiaht Seed Puri Germination
30% Creeping Red Fescue 98% 85%
25% Topgun Perennial 98% 85%
Ryegrass
25% Advent Perennial 98% 85%
Ryegrass
20% Newport Kentucky 85% 75%
Bluegrass
■
SECTION 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection
40
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02850-Seeding
EGA,P.C. Page 7
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
shall not exceed one(1) inch in diameter. Peat shall be measured in air dry
condition, containing not more than 35 percent moisture by weight. Ash content
shall not exceed 10 percent.
B. Limestone
Ground dolomitic 11M-estone shall be an approved agriciiltural linitstone and shall
contain not less than 85 percent of total carbonates. Limestone shall be ground to
«�. such fineness that 50 percent will pass a 100-mesh sieve, and 90 percent will pass a
20-mesh sieve.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02850-Seeding
EGA,P.C. Page 6
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
B. Testing
The Contractor shall take representative samples of topsoil from the site and from
topsoil to be hauled in and shall submit samples to a Soil Testing Laboratory for
chemical analysis, and physical analysis. The Contractor shall indicate to the
testing agencies that turf is to be planted and who the Owner is. The Contractor
shall forward to the Landscape Architect two copies of analysis and
recommendations of the testing agencies.
2.02 FERTILIZER
A. General
All fertilizer shall be a commercial balanced, 10-6-4 fertilizer delivered to the site
in bags labeled with the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis.
+� B. Commercial Fertilizer
Commercial fertilizer shall be a complete fertilizer in which 50-70 percent of the
nitrogenous elements shall be derived from organic sources; phosphate shall be
derived from super phosphate containing 16-20 percent phosphoric acid or bone
meal containing 25-30 percent phosphoric acid and 2-3 percent nitrogen; and
potash shall be derived from muriate of potash containing 55-60 percent potash. It
shall contain the following percentages by weight.
18%Nitrogen - 26%Phosphoric Acid - 12%Potash
Fertilizer shall be mixed, as specified, and delivered to the site in standard,
unopened containers showing weight, guaranteed analysis, and name of
manufacturer.
C. Special Protection
If stored at the site,protect fertilizer from the elements at all times.
2.03 SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Peat
a�
Peat shall be moist. It shall be finely shredded, consist of 90 percent organic moss
peat,be brown in color, and suitable for horticultural purposes. Shredded particles
o
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02850-Seeding
EGA,P.C. Page 5
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
A. Screened loam shall be"fine sandy loam"or"sandy loam"determined by
++ mechanical analysis(ASTM d-422) and based on the USDA Classification System.
Screened loam shall have the following mechanical analysis:
*� Textural Class Percentage of Total Weight Average Percentage
Sand 45-75 60
+ (0.05-2.0mm dia.)
Silt 15-35 25
+* (0.002-0.05mm dia.)
Clay 5-20 15
*�! (<0.002mm dia.)
Screened loam shall not contain less than 5 percent nor more than 10 percent
organic matter as determined by the loss on ignition of oven-dried samples, at 100
degrees C, +/- 5 degrees C.
Screened loam shall consist of fertile, friable natural loam capable of sustaining
vigorous plant growth. Loam shall be without admixture of subsoil and refuse,
resulting in a homogenous material free of stones greater than '/2" in the greatest
dimension,be free of lumps,plants, glass, roots, sticks, excessive stone content,
debris and extraneous matter as determined by the Landscape Architect. Screened
loam shall fall within the pH range of 6.0-6.5 except as noted on plans and details.
It shall be uncontaminated by salt water, foreign matter and substances harmful to
plant growth. The maximum soluble salt index shall be 100. Screened loam shall
not have levels of aluminum greater than 200 parts per million.
If limestone is required to amend the screened loam to bring it within the pH range
of 6.0-6.5,no more than 200 pounds of limestone per 1000 square feet of loam,
incorporated into the soil, or 50 pounds of limestone per 1000 square feet of loam,
surface application,per season.
The Landscape Architect will reject any material delivered to the site which, after
post-delivery testing does not meet these specifications. If the delivered screened
loam does not meet the specifications in this document, the delivered screened loam
will be removed by the contractor at the contractor's expense and at the time of
rej ection.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02850-Seeding
EGA,P.C. Page 4
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
2. Prior to installation, deliver all certificates to the Landscape Architect.
1.08 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery and Storage
1. Deliver all items to the site in their original containers with all labels intact
and legible at time of Landscape Architect's inspection.
+ . 2. Immediately remove from the site all seeding materials which are not true to
name and all materials which do not comply with the provisions of this
Section of these Specifications.
3. Use all means necessary to protect seeding materials before, during, and after
installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.
B. Replacements
In the event of damage or rejection, immediately make all repairs and replacements
necessary to the approval of the Landscape Architect, at no additional cost to the
Owner.
, •
1.09 PLANTING SEASON
A. Seeding
Seeding shall be done between August 15th to September 30 and/or April 1 st to
June 15th.
B. Variance
If special conditions exist which may warrant a variance in the above planting
dates, a written request shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect stating the
special conditions for the proposed variance. Permission for the variance will be
given if warranted in the opinion of the Landscape Architect. Regardless of the
time of seeding,the Contractor shall be responsible for a full growth of grass.
PART 2.00- PRODUCTS
2.01 TOPSOIL
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02850-Seeding
EGA,P.C. Page 3
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this
portion of the Work, be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being
installed and the best methods for their installation, and direct all work performed
under this Section.
B. Standards
1. All planting material shall meet or exceed the specifications of Federal and
State laws requiring inspection for plant disease and insect control.
2. Quality shall conform with the current edition of"Horticultural Standards"
for number one grade nursery stock, as adopted by the American Association
of Nurserymen. ANSI 2260.1 -Nursery Stock.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
on A. Materials List
Within 35 days after award of Contract and before any seeding materials are
4* delivered to the job site, submit to the Landscape Architect a complete list of all
seeding and other items proposed to be installed. At least 10 days prior to
shipment/delivery of materials,the Contractor shall submit to the Landscape
on Architect a one(1)cubic foot representative sample, certifications, certified test
results for materials as specified below. The Contractor shall provide a listing of the
addresses(locations) identifying the origin of the soil to be delivered. If the origin
is from multiple locations, all locations shall be provided at the time of submission
o required information specified above.No material shall be ordered or delivered
until the required submittals have been submitted and approved by the Landscape
Architect. Delivered materials shall closely match the approved samples. Approval
shall not constitute final acceptance. The Landscape Architect reserves the right to
reject, on or after delivery, any material which does not meet these specifications.
1. Include complete data on source,size, and quality.
" 2. Demonstrate complete conformance with the requirements of this Section.
3. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution for specific items
described in the Drawings or these Specifications unless the substitution has
been approved in advance by the Landscape Architect.
B. Certificates
1. All certificates required by law shall accompany shipments.
40
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02850-Seeding
EGA,P.C. Page 2
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
SECTION 02850 y
SEEDING
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically
listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to
the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with
the Engineer's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION,CORRELATION AND INTENT
A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either
Document not clarified by addendum,the better quality or greater quantity of Work
*+ shall be provided, in accordance with the Engineer's interpretation.
±+ 1.04 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Planting required for this Work is indicated on the Drawings and, in general,
*■ includes seeding and other ground cover throughout the Work.
1.05 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE
A. Earthwork ....................................................................Section 02315
B. Planting ....................................................................Section 02800
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workmen
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02850-Seeding
EGA,P.C. Page 1
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
am
` 3.06 CARE Off'EXISTING'TREES
Upon completion of the work under this Section, all existing trees shall be pruned and
any injuries repaired. The amount of pruning shall be limited to the minimum necessary
to remove dead or injured twigs and branches and to compensate for the loss of roots as a
result of construction operations. Roots greater than 2" shall be hand-cut to provide
clean, concise, cutting and.removal. Pruning shall be done in such a manner as not to
change the natural habit or shape of the plant. All cuts shall be made flush, leaving no
stubs. On all cuts over 3/4" diameter and bruises or scars on the bark,the injured
cambium shall be traced back to living tissue and removed; wounds shall be smoothed
and shaped so as not to retain water, and the treated area shall be coated with an approved
tree paint.
.w 3.07 CLEANUP
A. When any of this work is done while buildings are occupied,pavements shall be
kept clear at all times,broom cleaned to prevent tracking dirt into buildings.
B. After completion of all planting operations, dispose of all debris and excess
material to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect. All pavements shall be
broomed and hosed clean.
3.08 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
At the end of the guarantee period,the Landscape Architect will inspect all guaranteed
work for final acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be
received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date for final inspection.
Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgement
of the Landscape Architect at that time,he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to
the final acceptance of the Project.
END OF SECTION
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 15
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
so
judgement of the Landscape,Architect,he�skull certify in writing to the Contractor
as to the acceptance of the work.
B. Acceptance in Part
The work may be accepted in parts when it is deemed to be in the Owner's best
interest to do so and when approval is given to the Contractor in writing to
complete work in parts. Acceptance and use or such areas by the Owner shall not
waive any other provisions of this Contract.
3.05 GUARANTEE PERIOD AND REPLACEMENTS
A. The guarantee period for trees and shrubs shall begin at the date of acceptance.
B. All plant material shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for a period of one year
from the date of Acceptance to be in good,healthy and flourishing condition.
C. When work is accepted in parts,the guarantee periods extend from each of the
partial acceptances to the terminal date of the last guarantee period. Thus, all
guarantee periods terminate at one time.
D. The Contractor shall replace,without cost to the Owner and as soon as possible as
weather conditions permit and within a specified planting period, all dead plants
and all plants not in a vigorous thriving condition, as determined by the Landscape
Architect during and at the end of the guarantee period. Plants shall be free of dead
or dying branches and branch tips and shall bear foliage of a normal density, size,
and color. Replacements shall closely match adjacent specimens of the same
species. Replacements shall be subject to all requirements stated in this
Specification.
Replacements required because of vandalism or other causes beyond control of the
Contractor are not part of the Contract.
E. The guarantee of all replacement plants shall extend for an additional period of one
year from the date of their acceptance after replacement. In the event that a
replacement plant is not acceptable during or at the end of the said extended
guarantee period,the Owner may elect subsequent replacement or credit for each
item.
F. The Contractor shall make periodic inspection at no extra cost to the Owner during
.� the guarantee period to determine what changes,if any, should be made to the
Owner's maintenance program. Submit in writing to the Landscape Architect any
recommended changes.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 14
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
B. Maintenance shall consist of pruning, watering, cultivating;weeding,mulching,
tightening and repairing guys,resetting plants to proper grades or upright position,
restoration of the planting saucer, and furnishing and applying such sprays or other
items as are necessary to keep the planting free of insects and disease and in
thriving condition.
C. Planting areas and plants shall be protected at all times against trespassing and
damage of all kinds for the duration of the maintenance period. If any plants
become damaged or injured,they shall be treated or replaced as directed by the
Landscape Architect at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Provide all equipment and means for proper application of water to those planted
areas not equipped with an irrigation system.
3.05 INSPECTION
In addition to normal progress inspection, schedule and conduct the following formal
inspections, giving the Landscape Architect at least 24 hours prior notice of readiness for
inspection:
A. Inspection of plants in containers prior to planting.
B. Inspection of plant locations to verify compliance with the Drawings.
C. Schedule the final inspection sufficiently in advance and in cooperation with the
Landscape Architect so that the final inspection may be conducted within 24 hours
after completion of planting.
D. Final inspection will be at the end of the maintenance period,provided that all
previous deficiencies have been corrected.
3.04 ACCEPTANCE
A. The Landscape Architect shall inspect all work for acceptance upon written request
of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the
anticipated date of inspection.
Acceptance of plant material by the Landscape Architect shall be for general
conformance to specified size, character, and quality and shall not relieve the
Contractor of responsibility for full conformance to the contract documents,
including correct species.
®• Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the
4W
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 13
EGA#: 10213 10108/03
ON
on Tree Caliper.............................................. 3 to 5 inches
Anchor Size..................................................... 4 inches
Minimum Dept(feet)............................................ 2-1/2
Preload anchors after driving until anchor turns in the ground at 90 degree
angle to line of driving force. Anchor assembly will rise 2 to 6 inches during
pre-loading. Attach guying cables, turnbuckles and hose, and secure until
tree is rigidly guyed. On all guys, 1/3 distance up from ground to trunk,
secure white plastic flagging 1" wide x 18", ties securely.
a) Trees 3: in caliper or greater shall be guyed using the 120 degree,three
guy method, or as shown on the Drawings.
b) Trees less than 3" in caliper shall be staked using the 180 degree,two
stake method.
c) Remove all wrapping and guying material at the end of guarantee
period.
2. Wrap trunks of deciduous tress of 1-1/2: or more caliper with a spiral
overlapping wrapping to minimum height of third branch. Wrap from bottom
and tie wrapping securely in place. Remove wrapping at end of guarantee
period.
3. Prune plants only at time of planting and according to standard horticultural
practice to preserve the natural character of the plant. Pruning to be done
40 under supervision of the Project Landscape Architect.
Pruning and trimming shall include the following:
a) Remove all dead wood, suckers, and broken or badly bruised branches,
unless otherwise directed by the Landscape Architect. Contractor shall
not cut main leader of tree.
b) Use only clean sharp tools.
c) Paint cuts over 3/4: diameter, covering all exposed, living tissue.
3.04 MAINTENANCE OF TREES AND SHRUBS
A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after each plant is planted and shall continue
until acceptance of the project by the Owner after final inspection or 60 days,
whichever is longer.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 12
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
on
"mate dd.`'Plah,ts`shall not remain unplanted for longer than three days after
delivery.
4. Plants shall not be bound with wire or rope at any time so as to damage the
bark or break branches. Plants shall be lifted and handled from the bottom of
the ball only.
B. Planting Trees and Shrubs
1. Protect plants at all times from sun or drying winds. Plants that cannot be
planted immediately on delivery shall be kept in the shade, well protected
A with soil,wet moss, or other acceptable material and shall be kept well
watered. Plants shall not remain unplanted for longer than three days after
digging. Plants shall not be bound with wire or rope at any time so as to
4M damage the bark or break branches. Plants shall be lifted and handled from
the bottom of the ball only.
2. Set plants at same relationship to finished grade as they bore to the ground
from which they were dug. Set plant plumb and brace rigidly in position until
prepared topsoil has been tamped solidly around ball and roots.
3. Cut and remove ropes, strings and wrappings from top 1/3 of ball after plant
has been set. Leave balance of wrappings intact around ball. If wrapping is
*„ plastic,remove top 2/3.
4. Backfill plant pits with prepared planting soil. When plant pits have been
backfilled approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly, eliminating all air
pockets. After watering, install planting soil to top of pit and repeat watering.
5. Form saucer around tree as indicated on the Drawings.
6. Finish grade planting areas to conform to grades on Drawings.
7. Mulch all pits and beds with a 4" layer of shredded bark mulch immediately
after planting.
A
8. Immediately after planting, water all plants thoroughly.
C. Guying, Staking,Wrapping and Pruning
1. Guying shall be completed immediately after planting. Drive ground anchors
into ground by manual or machine method at approximately 45 degree angle
to ground plane and distributed at 120 degree intervals around trunk of tree.
Anchors shall be driven to minimum vertical depth after preloading as
follows:
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 11
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
A. Stake out the ground locations for plants and outlines of areas to be planted and
obtain approval of the Landscape Architect before excavation is begun. A
minimum of 30 percent of total planting must be staked before inspection will be
made.
B. Excavate tree and shrub pits as shown on the Drawings.
C. Separate subgrade soils from the upper topsoil portions and remove immediately
wherever encountered during planting operations.
D. Notify the Landscape Architect in writing of all soil condition which the Contractor
considers detrimental to growth of plant material. State condition and submit
proposal in writing to the Landscape Architect for correcting condition.
Notify the Landscape Architect in writing of all soil or drainage conditions which
the Contractor considers detrimental growth of plant material.
E. Test drainage of suspect plant beds and pits by filling with water twice in
succession. Conditions permitting the retention of water in planting beds for more
than 12 hours shall be brought to the attention of the Landscape Architect.
F. If rock,underground construction work,tree roots, or obstructions are encountered
in the excavation of plant pits, alternate locations may be considered by the
Landscape Architect. Where location cannot be changed, as determined by the
Landscape Architect, submit cost required to remove the obstructions to a depth of
not less than 6" below the required pit depth. Proceed with work after approval of
the Landscape Architect.
3.03 PLANTING OPERATIONS
A. Digging and Handling of Plant Materials to be Relocated
1. Immediately before digging, spray all evergreen or deciduous plant material
in full leaf with anti-desiccant, applying an adequate film over trunks,
„. branches, twigs, and/or foliage.
2. Dig, ball and burlap ("B&B")plants with firm,natural balls of earth with
diameter not less than that recommended by American standard for Nursery
Stock and of sufficient depth to include the fibrous and feeding roots. Plants
moved with a ball will not be accepted if the ball is cracked or broken before
, ► or during planting operation.
3. Protect plants at all times from sun or drying winds. Plants that cannot be
planted immediately on delivery shall be kept in the shade, well protected
with soil, wet moss, or other acceptable materials and shall be kept well
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 10
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
on
Hose to encase guy wires or wires used for fastening trees to stakes shall be new or used
2-ply reinforced rubber garden hose.
Wrapping material for tree trunks shall be standard burlap, heavy crepe paper, or other
suitable material, in strips 6 to 10 inches wide.
2.13 TREE PAINT
Tree paint shall be "Cabot Tree Paint" or approved equal.
2.14 ANTI-DESICCANT
Anti-desiccant shall be an emulsion which provides a protective film over plant surfaces,
permeable enough to permit transpiration. It shall be delivered in containers of the
manufacturer and mixed according to the manufacturer's directions ("Wiltpruf'
manufactured by Nursery Specialty Products Inc., Stubbings Road, Groton Falls,New
York, or approved equal).
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection
1. Prior to all work of this Section,carefully inspect the installed work of all
other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this
installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that planting may be completed in accordance with the original design
and the referenced standards.
B. Discrepancies
1. In the event of discrepancy,immediately notify the Landscape Architect.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such
discrepancies have been fully resolved.
w 3.02 EXCAVATION OF PLANTING AREAS
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 9
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
on
A. Plants shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Landscape Architect at
their place of growth and upon delivery for conformity to specification
requirements. Such approval shall not impair the right of inspection and rejection
during the progress of the work. A Contractor's representative shall be present at
all inspections.
B. Written requests for inspection of plant material at their place of growth shall be
submitted to the Landscape Architect at least 10 calendar days prior to digging.
Written requests shall state the place of growth and quantity of plants to be
inspected. The Landscape Architect may refuse inspection at this time if, in his
judgement, a sufficient quantity of plants are not available for inspection.
C. Plants identified as "selection specimen" shall be approved and tagged at their place
of growth. For distant material, submit photographs for pre-inspection review.
2.11 PLANT LABELS
Plant labels shall be durable, legible stating the correct plant name and size in weather-
resistant ink or embossed process lettering.
2.12 GUYING, STAKING,AND WRAPPING MATERIALS
Ground anchors shall be castings, stamped steel, or deadmen of wood or other material
approved by the Landscape Architect. Width across top span and length, exclusive of pin
from top to arrowed tip, shall conform to the following list. Assemblies for anchors shall
also conform to the following list:
Tree Caliper.......................................................... 2 - 5 inches
AnchorSize............................................................... 4 inches
Type Wire
Capacity 3,5001bs.
Assembly 36" length; .120 diameter
Guying cable shall be five strand, 3/16" diameter steel cable. Turnbuckles shall be
galvanized or dip-painted, having a 3" minimum lengthwise opening fitted with screw
eyes. Eyebolts shall be galvanized, having a 1" opening fitted with screw length of 1>".
Hose shall be suitable lengths of two-ply,reinforced, black rubber hose, 3/4" in diameter.
Stakes for supporting trees shall be 2-1/2 inches square of round, by 8 feet sound wood,
treated for one half their length with creosote or equal.
Flags to be fastened to guys shall be of sound wood about 1/2 inch by 3 inches by 12
inches with a 3/8 inch hole centered 1-1/2 inches from each end,or 1-1/2 inches by 12
inches sheet metal with corners clipped and punched both ends, painted white.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 8
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
ON
' r
and not•froin brarnchlip--to tip. Plants shall be measured when branches are in their
normal position. If a range of size is given,no plant shall be less than the minimum
size, and not less than 50 percent of the plants shall be as large as the maximum
size specified. Measurements specified are minimum size,acceptable after pruning
where pruning is required. Plants that meet measurements but do not possess a
normal balance between height and spread shall be rejected.
E. All plants shall be labeled with correct plant name and size. Labels shall be
attached securely to all plants, bundles, and containers of plant materials delivered
with care that those attached directly to plants will not restrict growth.
F. Substitutions of plant materials will not be permitted,unless authorized in writing
by the Landscape Architect. If proof is submitted and substantiated in writing that
any plant specified is not obtainable, a proposal will be considered for use of the
nearest available size or similar variety with a corresponding adjustment of
Contract price.
�. G. Type of Protection to Roots
1. Balled and Burlapped Plants
Plants designated "B&B" in the Plant List shall be balled and burlapped.
They shall be dug with firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and
�. depth to encompass the fibrous and feeding root system necessary for full
recovery of the plant. Balls shall be firmly wrapped with burlap or similar
material and bound with twine, cord, or wire mesh. Where necessary to
prevent breaking or cracking of the ball during the process of planting, the
ball may be secured to a platform.
2. Protection After Delivery
The balls of"B&B"plants which cannot be planted immediately on delivery
shall be covered with moist soil or mulch,or other protection from drying
winds and sun. Bare-rooted plants shall be planted or heeled-in immediately
upon delivery. All plants shall be watered as necessary until planted.
2.09 INSPECTIONS
Certificates of inspection shall accompany invoices for each shipment of plants as may be
required by law for transportation. File certificates with the Landscape Architect prior to
acceptance of the material. Inspection by Federal or State Governments at place of
growth does not preclude rejection of plants at the work site.
2.10 SELECTION AND TAGGING
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 7
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
an
necessary hose, equipment, attachments;:and.accessories for the adequate irrigation of
lawns and planted areas as may be required to complete the work as specified.
2.07 PLANTING SOIL
Planting soil mix shall consist of seven parts topsoil and one part peat moss by_
volume. It shall have pH value between pH 6.0 to pH 6.5. For spring planting
only, add five pounds of 11-8-4 commercial fertilizer per cubic yard of planting
soil; mix thoroughly. Soil shall not be used for planting while in a frozen or muddy
condition.
Mix all materials at the proportions or amounts specified herein. Mixing shall be
done by an approved method. Under no conditions shall mixing be done if
materials are wet or in otherwise unsatisfactory condition, as determined by the
Landscape Architect.
2.08 PLANT MATERIALS
Plant materials shall be true to species and variety specified and shall be nursery grown in
accordance with good horticultural practice under climatic conditions similar to those in
the locality of the project for at least two years. They shall have been root-pruned within
the last two years and shall be freshly dug. No heeled-in plants or plants from cold
storage will be accepted.
A. Unless specifically noted otherwise, all plants shall be of specimen quality;
exceptionally heavy; and symmetrical, so trained or favored in development and
appearance as to be unquestionable and outstandingly superior in form,
compactness and symmetry. They shall be sound; healthy;vigorous; well-branched
and densely foliated when in leaf; free of disease; insects; eggs or larvae; and shall
be free from physical damage or conditions that would prevent thriving growth.
B. Plants shall not be pruned before delivery. Trees with multiple leaders,unless
specified,will be rejected. Trees with a damaged or crooked leader, abrasion of
bark, sunscalds, disfiguring knots, insect damage, or cuts of limbs over 3/4" in
diameter,not completely calloused,will be rejected.
C. Plants shall conform to measurements specified in the Plant Lists, except that plants
larger than specified may be used if approved by the Landscape Architect. Use of
such plants shall not increase the Contract price. If larger plants are approved,the
root ball shall be increased in proportion to the size of the plant.
D. Caliper measurement shall be taken on the trunk 6" above natural ground line for
trees up to 4" in caliper and 12" above the natural ground line for trees over 4" in
caliper. Height and spread dimensions specified refer to the main body of the plant
Roclo idge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 6
wr
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
A.
The Contractor shall take representative samples of topsoil.fromi,the site and from
topsoil to be hauled in and shall submit samples to a Soil Testing Laboratory for
chemical analysis, and physical analysis. The Contractor shall indicate to the
testing agencies that turf is to be planted and who the Owner is. The Contractor
shall forward to the Landscape Architect two copies of analysis and
recommendations of the testing agencies.
2.02 FERTILIZER
A. General
All fertilizer shall be a commercial balanced 20-10-5 ratio of N-P-K fertilizer, and
shall conform to the applicable State fertilizer laws. It shall be uniform in
composition, dry and free flowing,and shall be delivered to the site in the original,
unopened containers, each bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Any
fertilizer which becomes caked or otherwise damaged, making it unsuitable for use,
will not be accepted.
2.03 BARK MULCH
.� Shredded cedar bark mulch shall consist of a standard size, free of chunks and pieces of
wood thicker than 1/4" and approved by the Landscape Architect. The mulch must be
partially decomposed and dark brown in color.
2.04 TREE STAKES
Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, all tree stakes shall be spruce or fir
construction grade, rough-sawn, 2" x 2" x 8'long.
2.05 PEAT MOSS
Brown; acid reaction about 4 to 5 pH; low in content of wood material and free of
mineral matter harmful to plant life; water absorbing capacity, 1100 to 2000 percent;
moisture content 30 percent natural, shredded or granulated.
2.06 WATER
Contractor shall make, at his expense, whatever arrangements may be necessary to ensure
an adequate supply of water to meet the needs of this contract. He shall also furnish all
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 5
w�c
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
on
A, Screened loam shall be"fine sandy loam" or"sandy loam"determined by
mechanical analysis (ASTM d-422)and based on the USDA Classification System.
Screened loam shall have the following mechanical analysis:
Textural Class Percentage of Total Weight Average Percentage
Sand 45-75 60
(0.05-2.Omm dia.)
Silt 15-35 25
(0.002-0.05mm dia.)
Clay 5-20 15
(<0.002mm dia.)
Screened loam shall not contain less than 5 percent nor more than 10 percent
organic matter as determined by the loss on ignition of oven-dried samples, at 100
® degrees C, +/- 5 degrees C.
Screened loam shall consist of fertile, friable natural loam capable of sustaining
vigorous plant growth. Loam shall be without admixture of subsoil and refuse,
resulting in a homogenous material free of stones greater than '/2"in the greatest
dimension, be free of lumps,plants, glass,roots, sticks, excessive stone content,
debris and extraneous matter as determined by the Landscape Architect. Screened
loam shall fall within the pH range of 6.0-6.5 except as noted on plans and details.
It shall be uncontaminated by salt water, foreign matter and substances harmful to
plant growth. The maximum soluble salt index shall be 100. Screened loam shall
not have levels of aluminum greater than 200 parts per million.
If limestone is required to amend the screened loam to bring it within the pH range
of 6.0-6.5, no more than 200 pounds of limestone per 1000 square feet of loam,
incorporated into the soil, or 50 pounds of limestone per 1000 square feet of loam,
surface application, per season.
The Landscape Architect will reject any material delivered to the site which, after
post-delivery testing does not meet these specifications. If the delivered screened
loam does not meet the specifications in this document, the delivered screened loam
will be removed by the contractor at the contractor's expense and at the time of
rejection.
B. Testing
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 4
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
+0
ON 1.08 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery and Storage
1. Deliver all items to the site in their original containers with all labels intact
and legible at time of Landscape Architect's inspection.
2. Immediately remove from the site all plants which are not true to name and
all materials which do not comply with the provisions of this Section of these
Specifications.
3. Use all means necessary to protect plant materials before, during and after
installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all trades.
B. Replacements
In the event of damage or rejection, immediately make all repairs and replacements
necessary to the approval of the Landscape Architect, at no additional cost to the
Owner.
C. Planting Season
1. Planting shall be done within the following dates:
Deciduous Material: March 1 - May 15
October 15 -December 1
Evergreen Material: March 1 - June 1
August 15 - October 15
Seeding, Sodding: April 1 -June 1
August 15 - October 15
2. If special conditions exist which may warrant a variance in the above planting
dates, a written request shall be submitted to the Project Landscape Architect
stating the special conditions and the proposed variance. Permission for the
variance will be given if warranted in the opinion of the Landscape Architect.
Variances permitted will not relieve the Contractor from liability for damages
caused by planting out of season.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 TOPSOIL
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 3
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
w
Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this
portion of the Work, thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed
and the best methods of their installation, and direct all work performed under this
Section.
- B. Standards, -
1. All plants and planting material shall meet or exceed the specifications of
Federal and State laws requiring inspection for plant disease and insect
control.
2. Quality and size shall conform with the current edition of"Horticultural
Standards" for number one grade nursery stock, as adopted by the American
.. Association of Nurserymen.
3. All plants shall be true to name and one of each bundle or lot shall be tagged
with the name and size of the plants, in accordance with the standards of
practice of the American Association of Nurserymen. In all cases,botanical
names shall take precedence over common names.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List
4" Thirty days before any planting materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the
Landscape Architect a complete list of all plants and other items proposed to be
installed:
Ow
1. Include a complete data on source, size, and quality.
2. Demonstrate complete conformance with the requirements of this section.
3. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution for specific items
described in the Drawings or these Specifications unless the substitution has
been approved in advance by the Landscape Architect.
B. Certificates
1. All certificates required by law shall accompany shipments.
2. Upon completion of the installation, deliver all certificates to the Landscape
Architect.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 2
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
ew
SECTION 02800
PLANTING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically
listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to
the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with
the Engineer's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either
Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work
shall be provided, in accordance with the Engineer's interpretation.
1.04 SECTION INCLUDES
Planting required for the Work is indicated on the Drawings and, in general, includes
planting of trees and/or shrubs throughout the Work including furnishing all materials,
equipment, and labor necessary for root protection, and tree guards where applicable.
■o 1.05 RELATED WORK
A. Earthwork ......................................................................Section 02315
B. Seeding ......................................................................Section 02850
C. Sodding ......................................................................Section 02860
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workmen
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02800-Planting
EGA,P.C. Page 1
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
d. Screed off so as to leave the patch slightly higher than surrounding
surfaces; leave undisturbed for a period of 1-2 hours to permit initial
shrinkage, and then perform final finishing.
e. Finish the patch to match adjacent surfaces and keep wet for at least
seven days;provide and install all required protective coverings.
2. Major Defective Areas
If the defects are serious or affect the strength of the structure or if patching
does not satisfactorily restore the quality and appearance of the surface, the
Engineer may require the concrete to be removed and replaced, completely in
accordance with the provisions of this Section, at no additional cost to the
Owner.
END OF SECTION
Roclaidge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P.C. Page 13
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
W
we
2. When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop, and all available
personnel shall begin placing forms against the sides of the pavement and
covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the protective covering.
3. The Contractor shall have on hand at the.paving site sufficient burlap, plastic,
or paper to cover at least 6,000 square feet of freshly laid pavement as a
protection against sudden thundershowers or heavy downpours of rain.
4. Any part of the pavement damaged by pedestrian traffic or other causes
occurring prior to its final acceptance shall be repaired or replaced by and at
the expense of the Contractor, in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The
Contractor shall protect the pavement against both public traffic and the traffic
caused by his own employees and agents. The pavement shall be so protected
until the beam test shows a strength of at least 550 pounds per square inch or a
minimum of 7 days.
3.08 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Inspection
1. Immediately after forms have been removed, inspect all concrete surfaces and
patch all pour joints, voids, rock pockets, and other imperfections before the
concrete is thoroughly dry.
2. Do not patch until concrete has been inspected by the Engineer.
B. Patchin
1. Minor Defective Areas
a. Chip away to a depth of about one inch, leaving edges perpendicular to
the surface. Wet the area to be patched and a space of at least 6" wide
around it to prevent water being absorbed out of the mortar.
b. Coat the area to be patched with a cement wash consisting of neat cement
and a solution of one part "Konset", or equal approved by the Engineer,
to four parts water; apply patching mortar immediately.
C. Patching mortar shall consist of one part cement to three parts water to a
consistency as dry as is possible within the requirements of handling and
placing;thoroughly compact the mortar by ramming it into place.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P.C. Page 12
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
yes
B. In cold weather (below 50 deg. F), concrete placing shall be done only within
properly built enclosures capable of retaining heat or without such structures if the
temperature is above 50 deg. F. The temperature within these enclosures must reach
65 deg. F before placement of concrete may begin. Only those openings required for
the proper placing of concrete will be allowed in the enclosure. After the conclusion
of concrete placement, the minimum temperature within the enclosure shall be 50
deg. F for a five day period and 65 deg. F for a three day period. The method of
heating shall in no way cause a reduction in the available water content of the
concrete.
C. In hot and dry weather and as directed, all new concrete shall be kept shaded from
the sun, shielded from the wind, kept wet with water, or protected by other approved
methods to retain moisture in the concrete throughout the curing period. Manual
wetting down of a particular area shall cause the area to be continually wet and not
allow periods of drying to occur. Plastic roll material or impregnated paper may be
utilized during the installation of the concrete, and must be thoroughly wetted at least
once each day. These materials are to be placed as soon as possible upon the
completion of finishing of concrete in such a fashion that the surface will not be
damaged or disturbed.
D. All curing methods employed shall be practical for the curing situation involved, and
all methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. No curing compounds
of any kind shall be permitted,unless approved by the Engineer.
3.07 HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS
A. Placement
1. Do not use concrete with a placing temperature that will cause difficulty from
loss of slump, flash set or cold joints.
2. Maintain a concrete temperature during placement of less than 90 deg. F.
3. Use all means necessary to avoid drying the concrete prior to finishing
operations.
B. Protection
1. Provide and use all required rain covers, sunshades, fog sprays, and other
devices to protect the concrete.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P.C. Page 11
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
W
MW
A. General
1. Tamp slabs with a jitterbug to depress the rock and then pushfloat with a
bullfloat as.necessary.
2. Take care that the wet slab meets the screeds accurately and does not rise
above or drop below them.
3. Carefully provide slab depressions as required for the finishes indicated on the
Drawings.
B. Finishing
1. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, make all slabs even and uniform
in appearance, and where no slope is required, level within plus or minus 1/8"
in 10'.
2. Score lines shall be as shown on the plans. Depth of scoring shall be 1/4 inch
deep.
3. No finishing operation shall be performed while free water is present.
Finishing operations shall be delayed until all bled water and water sheen has
left the surface and the concrete has started to stiffen.
4. After edging and jointing operations, the surface shall be floated with a wood
float. Immediately following floating, the surface shall be steel troweled.
C. Exterior Finishes
Where "broom finish" is indicated on the Drawings and where no other exterior slab
finish is indicated on the Drawings, finish the exposed concrete surface by lightly
combing with a medium stiff broom after troweling is complete.
3.06 CURING
General
A. During the entire period the concrete is being placed, cured and hardened, the
Contractor shall provide protection to the concrete from damage by underground
water, rain, frost, or sun in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. An approved
curing method providing full saturation and protection of the concrete against drying
shall be performed for a minimum period of three days.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P.C. Page 10
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
go
2. When placing is started, carry it on as a continuous operation until placement
of the panel or section is complete.
3. Do not pour an area. at one time that cannot be finished without checicing this
is particularly important during hot or dry weather.
4. Do not, in any case,pour a slab greater than 18 feet without construction joints.
5. Exterior pavement slabs shall be placed in alternating sections not exceeding
18 feet in length.
C. Compaction
1. Thoroughly consolidate all concrete by suitable means during placement,
working it around all embedded fixtures and into corners of forms.
2. During placement, thoroughly compact the concrete by hand tamping and by
mechanical vibration.
D. Expansion Joints
+*� Expansion joints shall be placed at 24-foot intervals maximum.
E. Isolation Joints
* Isolation joints shall be placed against buildings, around street light footings, or as
directed by the Engineer. They shall be a preformed foam material with joint sealant
identical to the approved expansion joints.
F. Acceptablity
Do not use retempered concrete or concrete that has been contaminated by foreign
materials.
3.04 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. Location
Make and locate construction joints so as not to impair the strength of the structure.
B. Approval
Obtain the Engineer's approval of location of all control joints and construction joints
in the Work prior to the start of concrete placement.
w
3.05 LEVELING AND FINISHING
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P,C. Page 9
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
B. Forms
1. Side forms and transverse forms for sidewalks shall be smooth, free from warp,
of sufficient strength to resist springing out of shape, of a depth to conform to
the thickness of the proposed walk, and of a type satisfactory to the Engineer.
2. All mortar or dirt shall be completely removed from forms that have been
previously used. The forms shall be well staked and thoroughly braced and set
to the established lines with their upper edge conforming to the grade of the
finished walk which shall have a sufficient pitch to the edge of the walk to
provide for surface drainage, as shown on the drawings, 2% cross-slope
typical.
3. All forms shall be oiled before placing concrete.
C. Notification
Notify the Engineer at least 48 hours before placing the concrete.
3.03 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Method
+ • 1. Convey concrete from mixer to place of final deposit by methods that will
prevent separation and loss of materials.
2. For chuting, pumping, and pneumatically conveying concrete, use only
equipment of such size and design as to ensure a practically continuous flow of
concrete at the delivery end without loss or separation of materials.
3. Deposit concrete as nearly as possible in its final position to avoid segregation
due to rehandling and flowing.
4. Place concrete as dry as possible consistent with good workmanship, never
exceeding the maximum specified slump.
B. Rate of Placement
1. Place concrete at such a rate that concrete is at all times plastic and flows
readily between bare bars.
40
Roclvidge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P.C. Page 8
10/08/03
EGA#: 10213
will
w
At all construction and expansion joints,joint sealant shall be gray in color as:
A. "790 Building Sealant"by Dow Corning;
B. "Rubber Caulk 230 Sealant" by Products Research Chemical Corp.;
C. "Perms-Joint", two component polyditremzene sealant by Tremco, or approved
equal.
2.05 SEALANT RETAINER
Sealant retainer shall be closed cell polyethylene foam cord by the following
manufacturers:
A. Progress Unlimited Inc.,New York City,NY;
B. Dow Chemical Co.,Midland, MI;
C. Products Research Corp., Gloucester City,NJ, or approved equal.
2.06 OTHER MATERIALS
All other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper
installation of cast-in-place concrete shall be as selected by the Contractor, subject to the
approval of the Engineer.
PART 3—EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
+ + A. Inspection
1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all
+�* other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this
installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that all items to be embedded in concrete are in place.
3. Thoroughly wet the forms (except in freezing weather) or oil them; remove all
•"' standing water.
4. Thoroughly clean all transporting and handling equipment.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P.C. Page 7
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
No. 4 ( 0 5 0 10 1 0 15
No. 8 -- -- 0 5 0 5
E. Water
All water shall be clean and free from deleterious matter.
2.02 CONCRETE MIXES-SITE WORK
' Cement concrete for footings and walkways shall be composed of specified proportions by
weight of cement, aggregates, water and additives to form a homogeneous composition.
Cement concrete shall be specified according to the classification defined in the following
table. The classes of concrete to be used shall be designated on the plans or in the
Specifications for the particular work.
CLASSIFICATION OF CONCRETE MIXES
Min. Min. 28 Days Coarse Maximum
Class Cement Compressive Aggregate Aggregate %Air
Concrete Strength* Designation Size
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A 560#/CY 3000 psi C-1 1 1/2" 4.5
B 500#/CY 2500 psi C-1 1 1/2" 4.5
C 440#/CY 2000 psi C-1 1 1/2" 4.5
D 620#/CY 3000 psi C-2 3/4" 5.0
DE 680#/CY 3500 psi C-2 3/4" 6.0
E 720#/CY 3000 psi C-3 3/8" 7.0
F 610#/CY 3500 psi C-1 1 1/2" 6.0
* As evaluated under ASTM C94-74.
All mixes above used for the Work will conform to one or more of the above mixes. Prior
to actual mixing, the Contractor shall submit design mixes for each mix to the Engineer for
approval, as mentioned on the Plans or in the Special Provisions.
2.03 EXPANSION AND ISOLATION JOINTS
Expansion and isolation joints shall be 3/8" x 4" preformed ethylene vinyl acetate or closed
cell polyethylene foam material. Hold joint filler material down a sufficient distance to
allow for the installation of retainer and sealant. Refer to details on drawings and the
sealant manufacturer's standard instructions.
2.04 JOINT SEALANT
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P.C. Page 6
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
A
1. All aggregates shall conform to ASTM C-33-71, except as modified herein.
2. When used as a fine a greate for cement concrete, sand shall be .composed
essentially of clean, hard, strong, durable, and impermeable particles resistant
to wear and frost, inert to cement and water, reasonably free from structurally
weak grains, organic matter, loam, clay, silt, salts, mica, or other fine materials
that my affect bonding of the cement paste. Sand shall be taken from a natural
deposit and shall be relatively spherical in shape and shall have gritty surfaces.
The sieve analysis of the sand shall show it to be well graded and conforming
to the following table.
Size of Percent by Weigh Passing
Sieve Minimum Maximum
3/8" 100 ---
#4 95 100
#16 55 80
#50 10 25
#100 2 8
#200 0 2
.n 3. Coarse aggregate for cement concrete shall consist of crushed rock or screened
gravel and shall be composed essentially of clean, hard, strong, and
impermeable particles, resistant to wear and frost, and free from deleterious
amounts of organic matter, loam, clay, salts, mica, and soft, thin, elongated,
laminated or disintegrated stone, and it shall be inert to water and cement.
Where finishing of the concrete is to be done by hammering or any other
method that breaks the surface of the concrete, only crushed rock shall be used
for coarse aggregate.
When tested by U.S. Standard laboratory sieves, coarse aggregate for cement
concrete shall be blended from stone sizes to meet the gradation requirements
for each designation listed of variation for general application and are
• minimum and maximum in each case. To insure uniformity of material used
on any one job or project, the range of variation may be reduced to 1/2 of the
master range upon determination of the character and source of the materials
• that the Contractor proposes to furnish.
Designation No. C-1 No. C-2 No. C-3
Nominal Size 1 1/2" 3/4" 3/8"
4* Sieve Size Min. Max. I Min. Max. I Min. Max.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1/2 inch 90 100 1 -- -- I -- --
3/4 inch 35 60 90 100 1 -- --
1/2 inch -- -- -- -- 90 100
3/8 inch 10 25 20 50 30 70
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P.C. Page 5
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to
the approval of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Delivery and Storage
Deliver all materials to the job site in their original containers, with all labels
legible at time of use. Store in strict accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations, as approved by the Engineer.
■
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE
A. General
All concrete, unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Engineer, shall be transit-
mixed in accordance with ASTM C-94. Concrete for flatwork shall be Class D.
Concrete for wall and footings shall be Class A. Color is subject to approval by the
Engineer.
B. Quality-Site Concrete(See Section 3300 for all other concrete)
1. All concrete for walkways and footings shall have the following minimum
compressive strengths at 28 days and shall be proportioned within the
following limits:
EXTERIOR SLABS
LOCATION OF CONCRETE & SITE WORK
Min.psi @ 28 days 3000
Max. size of aggregate 3/4 inch
Min. sacks of cement/CY 5.50
Max. slump in inches 4
2. Concrete that is subject to freezing temperatures while wet shall have a water-
cement ratio not exceeding six gallons per sack and shall contain entrained air.
C. Cement-Site Concrete
All cement for walls, mortar, footings and walkways shall be Portland cement
conforming to ASTM C-150, Type I, and shall be the product of one manufacturer.
The temperature of cement delivered to the plant shall not exceed 150 deg. F. Color
shall match existing concrete.
D. Aggregates-Site Concrete
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P.C. Page 4
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
on
Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with these
Specifications,the more stringent provisions shall govern.
D. Codes
The work shall be completed in accordance with standards and approval of the City
of Northampton Department of Public Works.
E. Permits
The Contractor shall pay for all permits and licenses as required.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List
Within 15 days after award of Contract and before any concrete is poured on the job
site, submit to the Engineer the name and address of transit-mix concrete supplier.
B. Transit-Mix Deliver Slip
1. Keep a record at the job site showing time and place of each pour of concrete,
together with transit-mix delivery slip certifying contents of the.pour.
2. Make a record available to the Engineer for his inspection upon request.
40
3. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, deliver the record and the
delivery slips to the Engineer.
1.07 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection
Protect existing utilities as specified in these Specifications. Use all means
necessary to protect site electrical and storm drain system materials before, during
and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of all other trades.
B. Replacements
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P.C. Page 3
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
on
Wr
1. Excavating,Filling& Grading..........................................Section 02230
2. Bituminous Concrete Pavement Section 02743
3. Unit Masonry Section 02650
4. Structural Cast-in-place Concrete _ Section 03300
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
�w
A. Qualifications of Installers
Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and
experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the
specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work
in this Section.
B. Provide at least one person who shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in the
skills required, completely familiar with the design and application of the work
described in this section, be present at all times during progress of work of this
section, and direct all work performed under this section.
C. Standards
1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO): Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges
2. American Concrete Institute(ACI): Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete- 318
3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement A615
Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-
lb. (4.54 kg)Rammer and 18 in. 457 mm)Drop D 1157
4. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department(MHD): Standard
Specifications for Highways and Bridges
In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with
all pertinent recommendations of "Structural Concrete for Builders",
publication ACI 301-66 of the American Concrete Institute.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P.C. Page 2
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
I
SECTION 02750
REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
w■
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed
in this Section,provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard
established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Engineer's
interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
40 In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either
Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall
be provided, in accordance with the Engineer's interpretation.
me
1.04 DESCRIPTION
40
A. Work Included
w„ Reinforced cement concrete required for this Work is indicated on the Drawings and
includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
1. Exterior flatwork;
2. Concrete piers,piles and footings for wetland boardwalk
3. Decorative concrete pool
4. Patching
5. Light pole bases
B. Related Work Described Elsewhere
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02750—Reinforced Cement Concrete
EGA,P.C. Page 1
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
Work shall be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. Other trades
shall be consulted in advance so that proper provisions may be made for
�. installation of their work and so that the work of this Section may be properly
finished and connected to the work of other trades.
END OF SECTION
Rockridge—Northampton 02743—Bituminous Concrete Pavement
EGA,P.C. Page 11
EGA#: 10213 10/08103
portions of existing and new pavements and between successive =
placements of new pavement. Any longitudinal or transverse joint which
has cooled below 150 degrees F prior to placement of adjacent mix, shall
be treated with a coat of tack coat prior to new mix placement. New
material at joints shall be thick enough to allow for compaction when
rolling. Compaction of pavement, base, and subgrade at joints shall be
such that there is no yielding of new pavement relative to existing
pavement when subjected to traffic.
11. Contact surfaces of previously constructed pavement(if greater than or
equal seven days since binder placed),parking lot overlay areas,
manholes, concrete collars and similar structures shall be thoroughly
cleaned and painted with a thin uniform coating of bitumen immediately
before fresh mixture is placed. Tack coat shall be applied at rate which
will leave asphaltic residue of 5-7 gal./100 s.y. after evaporation of
vehicle. Base surface shall be dry and clean when tack coat is applied.
Asphaltic paving material shall not be placed until vehicle has
completely evaporated from tack coat. Adjoining new paving shall be
placed before tack coat has dried or dusted over.
12. Earth or other approved material shall be placed along pavement edges in
such quantity as will compact to thickness of course being constructed,
allowing at least 1 ft. of shoulder width to be rolled and compacted
simultaneously with rolling and compacting surface. Pavement edge
shall be trimmed neatly to line before placing earth or other approved
material along edge.
13. Variations in smoothness of finished surface shall be less than or equal to
+�• 1/4 in. when tested with a 10 ft. straight edge, applied both parallel to
and at right angles to centerline of paved area. At joints with existing
pavement, and at other locations where an essentially flush transition is
required,pavement elevation tolerance shall not exceed 0.01 feet. At
other areas pavement elevation tolerance shall not exceed+0.05 ft.
Irregularities exceeding these amounts or which retain water on surface
shall be corrected by removing defective work and replacing with new
material conforming to this section.
REMEDIAL MEASURES
Upon direction of the ENGINEER, cut out, and/or rework all surfaces and subgrade
areas which do not meet the requirements of this Section; perform all remedial
measures at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.10 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Rockridge—Northampton 02743—Bituminous Concrete Pavement
EGA,P.C. Page 10
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
eua
ww
coris-tru6tion. Deliveries shall be timed to permit spreading and rolling "
all material during daylight hours,unless artificial light, satisfactory to
the ENGINEER, is provided. Loads which have been wet by rain or
otherwise will not be accepted. Hauling over freshly laid or rolled
material will not be permitted.
h. Establishment of grades, grade control, and conformance to finished
pavement surface grade tolerances required shall be the responsibility of
the Contractor in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications.
7. Placing and rolling of mixture shall be as nearly continuous as possible.
Breakdown rolling shall begin as soon after placing as mixture will bear
the operation without undue displacement. Delays in rolling shall be
completed while the mix temperature exceeds 150 degrees F. Rolling
shall proceed longitudinally, starting at edge of newly placed material
and proceeding toward previously rolled areas. Rolling overlap on
successive strips shall be greater than or equal to width of roller rear
wheel. Alternate trips of roller shall be of slightly different lengths.
Corrections required in surface shall be made by removing or adding
materials before rolling is completed. Skin patching of areas where
rolling has been completed will not be permitted. Course shall be
subjected to diagonal rolling, crossing lines of the first rolling while
mixture is hot and in compatible condition. Displacement of mixture or
other fault shall be corrected at once by use of rakes and application of
fresh mixture or removal or mixture, as required. Rolling of each course
• shall be continued until roller marks are eliminated. Roller shall pass
over unprotected edge of course only when paving is to be discontinued
for sufficient time to permit mixture to become cold.
8. In places not accessible to roller, mixture shall be compacted with hand
tampers. Hand tampers shall weight at least 50 lb. and shall have a
tamping face less than or equal to 100 sq. in. Mechanical tampers
capable of equal compaction will be acceptable in areas in which they
can be employed effectively.
9. Portions of pavement courses which become mixed with foreign material
or are in any way defective shall be removed, replaced with fresh mixture
and compacted to density of surrounding areas. Asphaltic material
spilled outside lines of finished pavement shall be immediately and
completely removed. Such material shall not be employed in the work.
10. Joints shall present same texture, density, and smoothness as other
sections of the course. Continuous bond shall be obtained between
s Roclaidge—Northampton 02743—Bituminous Concrete Pavement
EGA,P.C. Page 9
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
g.
F. Portions of subgrade or of construction above which become contaminated,
softened, or dislodged by passing of traffic, or otherwise damaged, shall be
cleaned,replaced,and otherwise repaired to conform to the requirements of
this specification before proceeding with next operation.
3.05 PLACEMENT OF BITUMINOUS CONCRETE SURFACING
A. Preparation
Bituminous concrete mixtures shall be laid only when surface is free of foreign
matter and when the weather is not foggy or rainy, and further these operations
shall be carried on only when the atmospheric temperature is not less than 40
degrees F in the shade. Actual mix delivery temperature shall adhere to
Section 460.61. Under no circumstances shall mix temperature exceed 325
degrees F upon arrival at the site. Temperature exceeding 325 degrees F will
result in rejection of the entire load.
B. Placement
Bituminous concrete pavements shall be furnished, handled and laid in
accordance with Section 460 and Section 701 of the State Specifications,
except as herein modified.
1. Binder and wearing surface courses for sidewalks may each be applied
individually, in single lifts of full thickness indicated on the Drawings.
2. All joints at old pavement shall be sawed vertical butt joints which shall
receive a light coating of asphalt emulsion a short time before paving
commences, as directed by the ENGINEER.
3. Adjacent concrete work, curb, etc., shall be protected from stain and
damage during entire operation. Damage and stained areas shall be
replaced or repaired to equal their original condition.
4. Construction methods shall conform to the Massachusetts Highway
Department Specifications, Section 460, Class I, Bituminous Concrete
Pavement,Type-I.
5. Submission of the job-mix formula for the bituminous concrete surface
course shall be the responsibility of the Contractor,and it shall be
submitted to the ENGINEER for approval 10 days prior to the pavement
Rockridge—Northampton 02743—Bituminous Concrete Pavement
EGA,P.C. Page 8
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
�e
- Disturbance to subgrade caused by inspection procedures shall be repaired
under this section of the specification.
3.04 PLACEMENT OF GRAVEL BASE COURSE
A. The gravel shall be furnished,hauled, deposited and spread in as
specified in applicable provisions of Section 405 of the State Specifications
and compacted as specified for the formation of embankments, for sub-base,
shoulders etc., and as specified herein.
"! B. The gravel shall be spread in layers from self-spreading vehicles, or with power
graders of approved types, or by hand upon the prepared subgrade. Gravel
shall be spread in layers no more than six (6") inches thick, compacted
measure. Compaction requirements shall be to 95%maximum density as
determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D. Stone greater than 2 in. shall be
excluded from course. The method of compaction proposed by the Contractor
shall be approved by the ENGINEER and the approved method and procedure,
once established and providing the required results, shall be used throughout
the entire operation. Each lift shall be separately compacted to specified
density. Trucks shall not be used for compaction purposes.
C. Width of base course shall be greater than or equal to the width of pavement
surface, if continuous lateral support is provided during rolling, and shall
extend at least 2 x base thickness beyond edge of the course above,if not so
supported.
D. Width of Base
1. Material shall be placed adjacent to wall,manhole, catch basin, and other
structures only after they have been set to required grade and level.
2. Rolling shall begin at sides and progress to center of crowned areas, and
shall begin on low side and progress toward high side of sloped areas.
Rolling shall continue until material does not creep or wave ahead of
roller wheels.
3. Surface irregularities which exceed 1/2 in. measured by means of a 10 ft.
long straightedge shall be replaced and properly compacted.
E. Subgrade and base course shall be kept clean and uncontaminated. Less select
materials shall not'be permitted to become mixed with gravel. Materials
spilled outside pavement lines shall be removed and area repaired.
Rockridge—Northampton 02743—Bituminous Concrete Pavement
EGA,P.C. Page 7
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
B. Paving Equipment
All equipment for paving shall be spreading, self-propelled asphalt paving
machine capable of maintaining line, grade and minimum surface course
thickness specified.
3.03 GRADING
DING
A. Areas to be paved will be compacted and brought approximately to subgrade
elevation under Section 02315-EARTHWORK,before work of this section is
performed. Final fine grading, filling, and compaction of subgrade to receive
paving, as required to form a firm,uniform, accurate, and unyielding subgrade
0 at required elevations and to required lines, shall be done under this Section.
B. Existing subgrade materials which will not readily compact as required shall be
removed and replaced with satisfactory materials. Additional materials needed
to bring subgrade to required line and grade and to replace unsuitable material
removed shall be material conforming to this Section.
C. Subgrade of areas to be paved shall be recompacted as required to bring top 8
in. of material immediately below gravel base course to a compaction of at
least 90% of maximum density, as determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D.
Subgrade compaction shall extend for a distance of at least 1 ft. beyond
pavement edge.
D. Excavation required in pavement subgrade shall be completed before fine
grading and final compaction of subgrade are performed. Where excavation
must be performed in completed subgrade or subbase, subsequent backfill and
compaction shall be performed as directed by the ENGINEER as specified in
Section 02315-EARTHWORK. Completed subgrade after filling such areas
shall be uniformly and properly graded.
E. Areas being graded or compacted shall be kept shaped and drained during
construction. Ruts greater than or equal to 2 in. deep in subgrade, shall be
graded out,reshaped as required,and recompacted before placing pavement.
F. Materials shall not be stored or stockpiled on subgrade.
G. Disposal of debris and other material excavated and/or stripped under this
section, and material unsuitable for or in excess of requirements for completing
w
work of this section shall be disposed of off-site.
H. Prepared subgrade will be inspected by the ENGINEER. Subgrade shall be
approved by the ENGINEER before installation of paving base course.
Rockridge—Northampton 02743—Bituminous Concrete Pavement
EGA,P.C. Page 6
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
w
an
2.04 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT
Bituminous tack coat material shall conform to AASHTO M82.
2.07 TRAFFIC PAINT
Paint for parking space pavement striping shall conform to Materials Section
M7.01.10, "Fast-Drying White Traffic Paint", of the MHD Specifications.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection
1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of
all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point
where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that bituminous concrete pavement be installed in strict
accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations,
and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards.
B. Discrepancies
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the ENGINEER.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such
discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3.02 EQUIPMENT
A. Compacting Equipment
All equipment for compacting shall be steel-tired power rollers having a
minimum weight of 10 tons, except that hand held vibrator compactors may be
used in areas not accessible to rollers where specifically approved in advance
by the ENGINEER.
Rockridge—Northampton 02743—Bituminous Concrete Pavement
EGA,P.C. Page 5
EGA##: 10213 10/08/03
A 2. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust being a
nuisance to the public,neighbors and concurrent performance of other
�. work on the job site.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 GRAVEL BASE COURSE
Gravel base and/or sub-base courses for areas beneath new pavement as
hereinbefore defined and indicated on the drawings, shall consist of gravel borrow
composed of hard durable stone,and coarse sand, free of loam, clay or silt,
uniformly graded and containing no stone having any dimension greater than the
gradation shown on the plans. When spread and rolled on the prepared surface, it
shall form a stable surface. The gradation shall conform to State Specifications,
Section M1, sub-section M1.03.0, Type "b", and attention is directed to the selected
gravel size limitation. Samples of gravel and results of gradation tests performed
by an approved testing laboratory shall be submitted for approval of the
ENGINEER. No stone greater than 3" in any dimension.
2.02 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT
A. All courses of the bituminous concrete paving shall consist of Class I, Type I-1,
conforming to the requirements of Construction Standards Section 460 and
Materials Specifications Section M3.11.00 of MHD Standard Specifications.
1. Binder or bottom course paving shall have a maximum aggregate size
passing 1 in. sieve, and bitumen content= 5 1/2%+ 1/2%by weight.
+ 2. Top or wearing course paving shall have maximum aggregate size
passing 5/8 in. sieve, and bitumen content= 6 1/2%+ 1/2%by weight.
Complete job mix formula,listing quantities and pertinent ingredient
properties, shall be submitted to and approved by the ENGINEER at least two
weeks before work is scheduled to begin.
2.03 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE CURB
A. Bituminous concrete shall be Class 1, conforming to applicable requirements of
MHD Specifications M3.11.03 for"Dense Mix".
B. Curb shall be Modified MHD Type A(Cape Cod)berm.
See project drawings for detail.
Rockridge-Northampton 02743-Bituminous Concrete Pavement
EGA,P.C. Page 4
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
on
D. Pavement subbase shall not be placed on a muddy or frozen subgrade.
E. Existing pavement under state or local jurisdiction shall, if damaged or
removed during the course of this project, be repaired or replaced under this
section of the specification in conformance with applicable codes, standards,
and practices.
F. The contractor shall certify after the track construction that the track has been
laid out, marked, and graded in a manner that satisfies the requirenments as
shown on the plans.
Certification shall include checking of the markings by a registered surveyor.
aw
1.08 SUBMITTALS
Submission of the job-mix formula for the bituminous concrete surface course shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor, and it shall be submitted to the ENGINEER
for approval 10 days prior to the pavement construction.
1.09 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection
Use all means necessary to protect bituminous concrete pavement materials
before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and
materials of all other trades.
B. Replacements
In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements
necessary to the approval of the ENGINEER at no additional cost to the
Owner.
C. Dust Control
1. Use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust during
performance of the work of this Section.
Rockridge—Northampton 02743—Bituminous Concrete Pavement
EGA,P.C. Page 3
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
4"
A. :American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO):
' M 140 Emulsified Asphalt
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
D. 1557: Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures
Using 10-1b. (4.5kg) Rammer and 18-in.(475-mm)Drop
C. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department(MHD):
Specifications: Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges
D. Comply with standards specified in accordance with City of
W NORTHAMPTON Department of Public Works.
1.06 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE
Excavation and Fill ............................................................................ Section 02315
Reinforced Cement Concrete............................................................. Section 02750
UnitMasonry...................................................................................... Section 02650
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
wr
A. Unless otherwise specified,work and materials for construction of the asphaltic
concrete paving shall conform to the applicable portions of the following:
1. MHD specifications Section 460 for pavement and Section 405 for
gravel base course and Section 500 for"curb and edging".
2. MHD specifications Section 860 for fast drying traffic paint.
B. Paving work,base course etc., shall be done only after excavation and
construction work which might injure them has been completed. Damage
caused during construction shall be repaired before acceptance. All trenches
for utility installation shall be completed and backfilled for a period of 30 days
prior to paving over these trenches unless approved by the ENGINEER.
C. Repair and replace existing paving areas damaged and removed during this
Project. Workmanship and materials for such repair and replacement shall
match those employed in existing work, except as otherwise noted.
Rockridge—Northampton 02743—Bituminous Concrete Pavement
EGA,P.C. Page 2
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
go
SECTION 02743
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT
PART 1 -Gr,,NE R"a,
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this
Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not
specifically listed in this Section,provide such item or material at a standard of
quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified,
in accordance with the ENGINEER's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION,CORRELATION AND INTENT
A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within
either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater
quantity of Work shall be provided,in accordance with the ENGINEER's
interpretation.
1.04 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Bituminous concrete pavement required for this work is indicated on the
drawings and includes,but is not necessarily limited to:
1. Bituminous concrete parking lot and sidewalk pavement
2. Bituminous concrete curb
* 3. Painting of pavement markings
1.05 REFERENCED STANDARDS
Rockridge-Northampton 02743-Bituminous Concrete Pavement
EGA,P.C. Page i
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
all
Upon direction of the Engineer, cut out and/or re-work all surfaces and subgade
areas which do not meet the requirements of this section. Perform all remedial
measures at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
,1111 Sweep surface of pavers thoroughly,removing all dust and foreign materials. Hose
with water to ensure a clean,n-usc•iluet surface,. Sweep and..hose all adjoining areas
to remove all mortar and paver debris. Remove all debris from area.
END OF SECTION
r
11111
1!N
11�R
Rockridge-Northampton,MA 02650-Unit Masonry
EGA,P.C. Page 8
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
a
2. Paving pattern:
a. At entry walkway,pavers shall be laid in a running bond with
the long axis of the pattern running parallel to the long axis of
the walkway.
b. At the garden terrace,pavers shall be laid in a stack bond.
3 . Newly laid pavers must be protected at all titn;; s by panels of
plywood on which the installer stands. The panels can be advanced
as work processes,but the plywood protection must be maintained
in areas that will be subjected to continued movement of materials
and equipment. These precautions must be taken in order to avoid
depressions and protect paver alignment. If additional leveling of the
pavers is required, the surface shall be rolled with a power roller
after sufficient heat has been built up from several days of hot
■ weather.
C. Joint Treatment
1 . The mortar joints shall be approximately 3/8" thick. Joints may
vary slightly to adjust the bond and minimize cutting, closures, or
jumping of bond. Closure pieces shall be large enough to be in
proportion with the paving pattern.No small closure pieces are
permitted. All cutting shall be done by saws. All materials shall be
kept clean and care shall be taken to keep mortar off the face of the
pavers.Cement stains that remain shall be cleaned with a 10%
solution of muriatic acid or mortar cleaner or swept with moist
sand.
2. Expansion joints shall be continuous through the concrete base and
pavers and shall be 3/8" in width as shown on the drawings. Recess
expansion joint filler a minimum of 1/2 in brick paving. Sealant
shall then be applied to joints continuously and uniformity to a depth
of 1/2" or as required. Care must be taken that sealant bonds
properly to both sides of the joint. Sealant shall be flush with joint.
All adjacent surfaces shall be cleaned immediately of sealant in a
manner recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
1. PRECAST CURBING
All work of this section shall conform to the Massachusetts Highway Department
Standard Specifications, Construction Standards Section 500.
3.03 REMEDIAL MEASURES
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02650—Unit Masonry
EGA,P.C. Page
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03 3
L Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work
of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the
point where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that pavers may be installed in strict accordance with the
original design and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards.
B. Discrepancies
�. 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all
W such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
■■ 3.02 INSTALLATION
All masonry work is to be done by masons who are skilled in their trade in a neat
** and workmanlike manner.
1. BRICK PAVERS
A. Mortar
1. Proportions shall be as per manufacturers directions. Anti-freeze
compounds or other admixtures are permitted only upon written
approval of the Engineer. Any mixtures submitted for the approval
of the Engineer must be a type that contains no salt or other
deleterious matters, and that will not alter the strength or color of the
mixture. The use of an admixture without prior approval shall be
just cause for stopping and/or condemning the work.
2. Mortar mixing: Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in the exact
40 proportions specified by batch machine mixers. Use of mortar
requiring retempering not permitted.
B. Placement of Pavers
1. All pavers shall be laid plumb and true to line with level accurately
spaced courses,bond, comers, and reveals. The mortar setting bed
shall be approximately%2"thick, with a minimum on 3/8" and a
maximum of 1".Lay full thickness without stepping or toothing in
mortar beds, spread smooth and rake out to 1" depth as shown on
the plans and specified herein.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02650—Unit Masonry
EGA,P.C. Page 6
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
w
Compressive Strength 3000 psi min. 3000 psi min.
Tensile Strength 500 psi min. 500 psi min.
Bond Strength 500 psi min. 500 psi min.
Water Absorption 4%max. 4%max.
Ozone Resistance 200 hrs. @ 200ppm w/no loss
The finished rr�t;�°tar. and grout shall be.resistant to urine, dilute acid, dilute alkali;
sugar,brine and food waste products. All mortar additives and epoxy adhesives and
grouts shall be compatible and from one manufacture.
All materials shall be delivered to the job site in the original containers with
manufacturer's identification on each package. The addition of water or other
materials to dilute the mortar additive or epoxy additive and grout will not be
permitted.
2.03 PRECAST CURB
+* The precast curbing shall be of two types:
a. As edging for bituminous parking lot and drive pavements, where
indicated on the plans, it shall be 6"x 18"precast concrete curbing as
manufactured by Chase Precast,North Brookfield,MA, or approved
equal.
ow b. As indicated in the drawings as edging for the raised central planting
bed at the terrace garden, it shall be 6"x 18""Rock Curb" cast stone
curbing, Limestone Grey Tudor finish with battered profile, as
manufactured by Hanover Architectural Products,Hanover, PA, or
approved equal.
2.04 JOINT FILLER
Joint filler shall be Portland Cement to which pigments have been added and shall
conform to ASTM C-150. Sand shall conform to ASTM C-33.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
�. A. Inspection
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02650—Unit Masonry
EGA,P.C. Page 5
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
am
1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OF MATERIALS
A. Architectural Coatings
All architectural coatings shall comply with the National Volatile
Compaund:Emission Standards for Architectural.Coatings, (EPA 40 CFR
Part 59, as published in the Friday, September 11, 1998 Federal Register).
Architectural coatings are defined as: "a coating recommended for field
application to stationary structures and their appurtenances,to portable
buildings, to pavements, or to curbs."
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 BRICK PAVERS
Brick Pavers shall be as manufactured by Endicott Clay Products Co., Fairbury,
Nebraska, or approved equal.
M"
1. Nominal dimensions:
a. at garden terrace: 7 5/8"x 7 5/8"x 2 11/4"
b. at entry walkway: 3 5'18"x 7 5/8"x 2/1/4"
4. Color: medium ironspot#46
2.02 SETTING BED
Setting bed shall be Laticrete thick bed system by Laticrete International, Inc.,
Bethany, CT 06525,
! " (800) 243-4788 or approved equivalent
Bed shall be Laticrete Latex Portland Cement thick bed mortar or approved equal.
See manufacturers directions for mixing. Grout shall be Laticrete Portland Cement
Grout or approved equivalent. Submit color sample to Engineer for approval.
All mortar additives shall be non-toxic,non-flammable, and non-hazardous during
storage, mixing, application, and when cured. The bedding and grouting mortar
shall be weather, frost, shock, and chemical resistant and shall meet the following
requirements.
Thick Bed Mortar Thin Bed
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02650—Unit Masonry
EGA,P.C. Page 4
10/08/03
EGA#: 10213
+aw
1.07 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection
1. Use all means necessary to protect the masonry units and materials
before,during, and after installation and to protv..t the installed work
and materials of all other trades.
.. 2. Masonry units shall be protected against wetting prior to laying.
3. Do not use, and immediately remove from the project site all
materials in broken containers or in packages showing water marks
or other evidence of damage.
4. Do not use any chipped, broken, or otherwise damaged or defective
masonry units.
B. Replacements
In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements
necessary to the approval of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the
Owner.
C. Dust Control
1. Use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust during
performance of the work of this section.
2. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust from
being a nuisance to the public, neighbors, and concurrent
performance of other work on the job site.
1.08 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions
When temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling, or same is forecast to
occur within 48 hours,provide fireproof protection covering of work and
heat materials with UL approved flame heaters, as approved. Maintain
materials and work above 50 degrees F for 72 hours. Do not use any
admixture to prevent freezing.Do not lay frozen materials or build upon
frozen surfaces. Lay masonry units dry. Any completed work found to be
affected by frost shall be taken down and rebuilt, at no additional cost to the
Owner.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02650—Unit Masonry
EGA,P.C. Page 3
10/08/03
EGA#: 10213
�w
1.05 QUALITY A-S-SURANCE
Qualifications of Workmen
A. Provide at least one person who shall be thoroughly trained and experienced
in the skills required, completely familiar with the design and application of
the work described in this section, be present at all times during progress of
work of this section, and direct all work performed under this section.
B. For actual installation and finishing of precast pavement surfaces and
operation of the required equipment,use only personnel that are thoroughly
trained and experienced in the skills required.
C. Masonry units shall conform to the physical requirements of the local
building code and the current applicable ASTM specifications applying to
particular use for the construction in which units are employed.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
Materials List
After award of Contract and before any unit paving materials are delivered
to the job site, submit to the Engineer a complete materials list of all
masonry materials.
A. Show manufacturers'name and catalog number for each item, furnish
complete catalog cuts and technical data, and the manufacturer's
recommendations as to method of installation.
B. Upon approval of the Engineer, the manufacturers'recommendations shall
become the basis for acceptance or rejection of actual methods of
installation used in the work.
C. The paver supplier shall submit 6 copies of all necessary shop drawings to
the Engineer for his approval. These drawings shall show all bedding,
bonding,jointing and anchoring details.
D. Samples: The Installing Contractor shall submit to the Engineer four
production units of each color and style selected. This submission is made
for final approval and establishes job site criteria for quality and color
�w uniformity. All surface texture shall be uniform within the normal color
range established between the manufacturer and Engineer. Submit
affidavits stating that masonry units to be used on the job complies with all
applicable ASTM specifications.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02650—Unit Masonry
EGA,P.C. Page 2
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
SECTION.02650
UNIT MASONRY
PART 1.00—GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically
listed in this Section,provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to
the standard established for the balance of the work specified, in accordance with
the Landscape Architect's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either
Document not clarified by addendum,the better quality of greater quantity of Work
shall be provided, in accordance with the Landscape Architect's interpretation.
1.04 DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included
Work includes all labor, materials,equipment and incidental items
necessary to complete the installation of Brick Paver Units in all areas noted
and detailed in the drawings where paver units are installed over cast-in-
place concrete base, namely, at entry walkways at main entry to new 3-story
building and in garden terrace area; and the installation of Precast Curb
Units,Cast Stone Curb Units, and the filling of mortar joints in all areas
noted and detailed in the drawings.
B. Related Work Described Elsewhere
Earthwork ........................................................... Section 02315
Bituminous Concrete Pavement(curbing)................ Section 02600
Cast-in-place Concrete Pavement............................. Section 02750
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02650—Unit Masonry
EGA,P.C. Page 1
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
OR
ON
manufacturer's directions. Other additives will not be permitted in the mortar.
Two coats of bituminous waterproofing material shall then be applied to the
ON hardened plaster. The material shall be "minwax Fibrous Brush Coat" made by
the Minwax Company, New York, N.Y. "Tremco 121 Foundation Coating"
made by the Tremco Manufacturing Company, Cleveland Ohio; "Intertol No. 7
made by Intertol Company,Newark,NJ; or approved equal. The material shall
be applied`by-brush or spray(using a primer if nec:essar i) in accordance with
the direction of the manufacturer.
The Engineer at his discretion may require that two coats of the above described
bituminous waterproofing material be applied to the outside of precast
+• manholes installed in wet areas.
3.07 CERTIFICATES
+s. Affidavits shall be furnished from the manufacturer of pipe and appurtenances
furnished and installed under this Section, certifying that such materials delivered to
the project conform to the requirements of these Specifications.
END OF SECTION
.�w
Rockridge—Northampton 02630—Storm Drainage
EGA,P.C. Page 10
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
plans. Structures shall be plumb and vertical, with each section in true
alignment. Materials shall be as listed herein and exceptions shall not be taken
without prior approval.
1. Lifting holes in precast sections shall be thoroughly plugged with mortar
and finished smooth and flush with adjoining surfaces.
2. Drain pipe shall extend, around its entire circumference,to inside surface
of wall of structure into which it is inserted. Pipe shall be joined to
manhole wall using either a flexible manhole sleeve or nonshrink grout.
For grouted joints, surface between pipe and wall shall be filled with
nonshrink grout.
B. Castings
Casting frames shall be set on a full bed of mortar, true to grade and concentric
with the masonry. All voids beneath the bottom flange shall be completely
filled to make a watertight fit. A ring of mortar at least 1 inch thick shall be
placed around the outside of the bottom flange extending to the outer edge of
the masonry all around the frame.
Mortar surface shall be smooth and shall be sloped to shed water away from the
frame.
D. Laying Brick
Bricks shall be clean when laid. For best results,bricks should have a section
rate, when laid, not in excess of 40 gpm, in accordance with the NBS test
procedure. Except in cold weather, all brick shall be set as directed by the
Engineer to approximate this condition.
Each brick shall be laid in a full bed and joint of mortar without requiring
subsequent grouting, slushing or filling and shall be thoroughly bonded as
directed.
Brick work shall be protected against weather and frost as approved or required
by the Engineer.
E. Plastering
Outside faces of brick masonry shall be plastered with mortar 3/4 inch thick.
The masonry shall be properly wetted as above specified before the plaster is
applied. The plaster shall be carefully spread and troweled so that all cracks are
thoroughly worked out. After hardening,the plaster shall be carefully checked,
by being tapped, for bond and soundness. Waterproofing shall be added to the
mortar for underground masonry in accordance with the waterproofing
Rockridge—Northampton 02630—Storm Drainage
EGA,P.C. Page 9
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
ow
horizontal. Pipe shall be inspected for alignment, and approval shall be
obtained from the Engineer before backfilling work commences.
D. Procedure
1 Mom being laid, each pipe length shall be inspected and tested to vc.i ry
that it is not cracked,permanently dented or deformed. Pipe of the
required size shall be laid to conform to the lines and grades indicated on
the drawings or given by the Contracting Officer.
, ., 2. Pipe shall be laid with the groove or bell end upstream. Bell shall rest
over a shallow excavation in pipe bedding to prevent pipe weight from
bearing on bell.
3. Each pipe shall be so laid as form a close joint with the next adjoining
pipe and bring the inverts continuously to required grade. Each pipe shall
+w• be supported with compacted crushed stone, graded in size from 1/4 inch
to 3/4 inch,to obtain a substantially unyielding bed.
oft 4. Unless recommended by the ASTM standards and by the manufacturers
of the various kinds and types of pipe, the Contractor shall not joint pairs
of pipe before laying them.
0
5. No pipe or fitting shall be permanently supported on saddles,blocking, or
stones.
.A
6. Where a concrete cradle is used,the pipe shall be laid on concrete saddles
so constructed as to provide lateral support for the pipe while the cradle is
being placed.
7. Pipe shall not be backfilled until joints have been fully inspected, and
approved.
8. Entire length of pipe shall be thoroughly flushed clean following
M completion of backfill.
9. Lifting holes in concrete pipe shall be at top of pipe as installed. Holes
shall be sealed with precast concrete plugs. Before plugs are installed,
entire contact surface between plug and pipe shall be coated with asphalt
mastic. Plug shall be driven home before mastic has set up.
A. General
All drainage structures to be constructed within this contract shall be as
indicated on the drawings and location shall be in strict accordance with the
Rockridge—Northampton 02630—Storm Drainage
EGA,P.C. Page 8
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
ON
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such
discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3.02 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
Make all necessary measurements in the field to ensure precise fit of items in
accordance with the original design.
3.03 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
Perform all trenching and backfilling necessary for this portion of the work, strictly
conforming to the requirements for trenching described in Section 02230 of these
Specifications.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF PIPING
A. General
Piping shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with
all applicable Standards.
Concrete pipe installation shall conform to Class B,Bedding Condition as
!*� specified in the ACPA Manual.
B. Approvals
No pipe shall be laid without prior notification of the owner's representative.
Each pipe shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer immediately before it is
laid, and defective pipe will be rejected. Pipe lines shall be laid to the grades
and alignment indicated on the drawings. Proper facilities shall be provided for
lowering sections of pipe into trenches.
C. Controls
The grade and alignment of all pipe laid in trenches shall be controlled by batter
boards, laser equipment, or parallel offset lines with accurate horizontal and
vertical control checkout points spaced not greater than 25 feet. Grades and
lines between points shall be set and checked with grade and alignment squares.
Layout of controls shall be established by a Registered Professional Engineer or
Land Surveyor. Alignment tolerances shall be 1 in 1,000 vertical and 1 in 500
ww Rockridge—Northampton 02630—Storm Drainage
EGA,P.C. Page 7
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
Contracting Officer rejects any brick,the same shall-be immediately removed from
the worksite and brick satisfactory to the Contracting Officer substituted. Brick shall
be culled and completely piled as soon as delivered.
2.08 MORTAR FOR BRICKWORK
The mortar shall be composed of Portland Cement, hydrated lime, and sand, in which
the volume of sand shall not exceed three times the sum of the volumes of cement and
lime. The proportions of cement and lime shall be 1 1/4.
q* Cement shall be Type II as previously specified.
Lime shall be Type S conforming to ASTM Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime
so for Masonry Purposes, Designation C 207. "Mortaseal" made by U.S. Gypsum or"4
Hydrate" made by the New England Lime Company shall normally meet this
specification.
fm
The sand shall conform to the ASTM Standard Specification for Aggregate for
Masonry Mortar,Designation C144.
2.09 CATCH BASIN HOODS
Catch basin oil and grease trap hoods shall be Model L219-12, for 12"dia. pipe and
L219-15 for 15" dia. pipe,by LeBaron Foundry, Inc., Brockton, MA or approved
equal.
PART 3.00-EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection
" 1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all
other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where
this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that storm drainage system may be installed in strict accordance
with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design,the
referenced standards, and the manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Discrepancies
1. In the event of discrepancy,immediately notify the Engineer.
Rockridge—Northampton 02630—Storm Drainage
sw
EGA,P.C. Page 6
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
am
2.04 PRECAST CATCH BASINS AND MANHOLES
Precast catch basins and manholes shall conform to the requirements of the City
of Northampton Department of Public Works and the projeO.dmvviiigs.
2.04 AREA DRAINS
, . Area drains shall be 10"heavy-duty pvc inline drains and 10" diameter ductile
iron flat gratings, as manufactured by Nyoplast America, Buford, Georgia, or
approved equal.
2.05 TERRACE DRAIN
Terrace drains shall be 31100 series coated cast iron Leveleze floor drain with
9"round ductile iron grate,as manufactured by Josam Company, Michigan
City, IN, or approved equal.
2.05 PORTLAND CEMENT
Cement shall be single brand of approved American made Portland Cement
conforming to current specifications of ASTM Standard Specification for Portland
Cement, Designation C 150, Type II or,where required. Type III high early-strength
cement.
When used in the work, cement shall be free from lumps and partially or wholly set
cement.
2.06 WATER
Clean, fresh water shall be used for mixing mortar.
2.07 KIND OF BRICK
The brick shall be good, sound,hard, and uniformly burned brick, regular and
uniform in shape and size, of compact texture and satisfactory to the Contracting
Officer. Brick shall be Grade SA conforming to the ASTM Standard Specification
for Sewer Brick(made from Clay or Shale),Designation C 32. In case the
Rockridge—Northampton 02630—Storm Drainage
EGA,P.C. Page 5
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
1W
B. °Replacemeiit8"
In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements
necessary to the approval of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Delivery and Storage
Deliver all materials to the job site in their original containers,with all labels
legible at time of use. Store in strict accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations, as approved by the Engineer.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
Construct/install drainage structures in accordance with project drawings and the applicable
referenced standards.
2.01 CASTINGS
A. The catch basin frame and grate shall be Model LF244, 3-flange, as
manufactured by the LeBaron Foundry, Inc., or approved equal.
2.02 CONCRETE PIPE
A. Reinforced concrete pipe(RCP) shall conform to MDPW Specifications
Section M5.02.2, Reinforced Concrete Pipe.
B. Concrete pipe shall be joined by one of the following methods:
1. Rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C443;
2. Portland cement mortar;
3. Nonshrink grout; or
4. Asphalt mastic cement.
2.03 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC)PIPE
PVC pipe shall meet ASTM D 1785 Standard Specification. Fittings shall be of
' the same material as he pipe. Solvent-cemented joints shall be made in
accordance with ASTD D 2855.
Roclmdge—Northampton 02630—Storm Drainage
EGA,P.C. Page 4
10/08/03
EGA#: 10213
"■
Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department(MHD):
Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges
in National Clay Pipe Institute(NCPI): Clay Pipe Engineering Manual
Applicable standards of the City of Northampton Dept. of Public Works
M. C. Environmental Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of Federal and state
environmental agency regulations and the Town of Northampton Conservation
Commission's Order of Conditions pertaining to storm drainage systems where
applicable.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List
After award of Contract and before any storm drainage system materials are
delivered to the job site,manufacturer's product data shall be submitted.
1. Show manufacturer's name and catalog number for each item, furnish
complete catalog cuts and technical data, and furnish the manufacturer's
recommendations as to method of installation.
2. Do not permit any storm drainage component to be brought onto the job
until it has been approved by the Engineer.
B. Record Drawings
1. During the course of installation, carefully show, in red line, on a print of
the grading plan, all changes made to the storm drainage system during
installation.
2. Upon completion of the storm drainage system installation,these marked
plans shall be supplied to the Engineer.
1.07 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection
Protect existing utilities as specified in these Specifications. Use all means
necessary to protect storm drain system materials before, during and after
installation and to protect installed work and materials of all other trades.
Rockridge—Northampton 02630—Storm Drainage
EGA,P.C. Page 3
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
�w
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Installers
Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and
W experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the
specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the
work in this Section.
B. Standards
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO): Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges
American Concrete Institute (ACI): Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete- 318
American Concrete Pipe Association (ACPA): Concrete Pipe Design
Manual
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement A615
Concrete Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and Manholes
C139
Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units C 140
+ � Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings C425
Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber
Gaskets C443
Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole C478
Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated
C700
Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains,
and Sewers C789
Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using
10-1b. (4.54 kg)Rammer and 18 in. 457 mm)Drop D1157
Rockridge—Northampton 02630—Storm Drainage
EGA,P.C. Page 2
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
SECTION 02630
STORM DRAINAGE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically
listed in this Section,provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to
the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the
Engineer's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either
Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work
shall be provided, in accordance with the Engineer's interpretation.
1.04 DESCRIPTION
A. The storm drainage system required for this work is indicated on the drawings
and includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
- storm drainage pipe
- catch basins,manholes, storm drains and interconnecting lateral lines
- building slab subdrainage and roof drain laterals
** - required fittings and bends
- testing
B. Related Work Described Elsewhere
Site Demolition and Clearing........................................Section 02230
Earthwork .........................Section 02315
. ...........................................
Bituminous Concrete Pavement....................................Section 02743
Reinforced Cement Concrete........................................Section 02750
Rockridge—Northampton 02630—Storm Drainage
EGA,P.C. Page 1
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
F. Manhole Testing
1. Leakage testing of sewer manholes shall be included in the testing of the
gravity sewer system. Leakage for each manhole shall not exceed 1
W gal./vertical ft. of manhole per 24 hours.
G. Before submitting system for final approval of the authorities having
,. jurisdiction, submit a written statement to the Engineer that work has been
completed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
r H. Promptly following satisfactory completion of leakage testing, a report fully
describing test procedures and listing test results shall be submitted to the
Engineer and to governmental agencies that have jurisdiction. The report shall
be signed by the Contractors' superintendent.
I. Pipe deflection testing for PVC piping.
1. Six months following completion of the backfill over the PVC pipe
installation, the pipeline shall be tested for deflection using a "go/no go"
deflection mandrel. The "go/no-go" gage shall be passed through all
sections of the pipeline.
2. Pipe deflections shall be measured and converted to percent deflection.
Deflections shall be recorded, with a copy of results submitted to the
Engineer. Test results shall be mailed or delivered to the Engineer not
*o later than the day following the day on which test was made.
3. Sections of pipe with deflection greater than 7.5% shall be replaced.
no
END OF SECTION
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02530—Sanitary Sewage
EGA,P.C. Page 11
10/08/03
EGA#: 10213
d. Low-pressure air shall be-introduced into the sealed line until the
internal air pressure reaches a value 4 psig greater than the
maximum pressure exerted by groundwater that may be above the
invert of the pipe at the time of the test. However, the internal air
pressure in the sealed line shall not be allowed to exceed 8 psig.
When the maximum pressure exerted by the groundwater is greater
_ . than 4 psig, conduct infiltration test.
,ft e. At least two minutes shall be allowed for the air pressure to
stabilize in the section under test. After the stabilization period, the
low-pressure air supply hose shall be quickly disconnected from the
control panel. The time required in minutes for the pressure in the
section under test to decrease from 3.5 to 2.5 psig (greater than the
maximum pressure exerted by groundwater that may be above the
invert of the pipe) shall not be less than shown in the following
table:
Pipe diameter in inches Minutes
g 4.0
10 5.0
12 5.5
f. Where the sewer section to be tested contains more than one size of
pipe, the minimum allowable time shall be based on the largest
diameter pipe in the section, and shall be the time shown on the
table reduced by 0.5 minutes.
4. Rate of infiltration and exfiltration shall not exceed 20 gal./in. of pipe
diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. Each section of pipe tested shall
meet the above criterion.
E. Closed Circuit TV Testing
1. In addition to the leakage testing specified above, the entire sewer system
piping shall be tested using closed circuit TV testing equipment. Testing
shall be done by a specialty pipeline-testing agency experienced in closed
circuit TV testing of utility pipelines and acceptable to the City of
Northampton. Equipment used shall be specifically designed for
inspection and testing of utility pipelines.
2. Testing shall include visual observation of interior of pipeline including
* all joints and connections. Pipeline shall be certified by testing agency to
be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents including
requirements for slope,joining, and absence of debris and foreign matter.
3. Duplicate copies of test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02530—Sanitary Sewage
EGA,P.C. Page 10
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
4. Manholes and piping shall be tested before joints are concealed or made
inaccessible.
5. Tests shall be made in the presence of an inspector of the authority of
having jurisdiction.
C. Notice of tests -shall_.be made in writing to the Engineer and the City of _
Northampton plumbing inspector, and received by them not less than five days
before the date of test.
D. Gravity flow system test
1. When the groundwater is more than 1 ft. above the crown of the pipe at
the upper end of the section to be tested, an infiltration test shall be made.
The upper end of the section to be tested shall be plugged on V-notch
weir of appropriate size shall be fitted into the lower end. There shall be
no leakage around the weir plate. Commercially manufactured weirs,
e made and calibrated for the purpose,may be employed.
2. When groundwater is less than 1 ft. above the crown of the pipe at the
upper end of the section to be tested, an exfiltration test shall be made.
The sewer shall be plugged at the inlet pipes of both the upper and lower
manholes. The line shall then be filled with water to a level 2 ft. above
. the crown of the pipe in the upper manhole. Before any measurements
are made, a period of about 2 hours shall be permitted to allow for
absorption and escape of trapped air. Following this, a test period of at
least 4 hours shall begin. At the end of the test period, loss of water shall
be measured and leakage computed therefrom.
3. Air testing shall be performed in accordance with the procedures
described in ASTM C 828, except as otherwise noted. For low-pressure
air tests use equipment specifically designed and manufactured to test
sewer pipelines with low-pressure air. The equipment shall be provided
with an air regulatory valve or air safety valve so set that the internal air
pressure in the pipeline cannot exceed 8 psig.
a. The leakage test using low-pressure air shall be made on each
manhole-to-manhole of pipeline after placement of the backfill.
b. Pneumatic plugs shall have a sealing length equal to or greater than
the diameter of the pipe to be tested. Pneumatic plugs shall resist
internal test pressures without requiring external bracing or
blocking.
C. All air used for testing shall pass through a single control panel.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02530—Sanitary Sewage
EGA,P.C. Page 9
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
protect cement-based mixtures from too rapid drying and damage from
cold weather and frost.
5. Where required, new piping shall be connected to existing manholes by
mechanical smooth wall coring into existing structures. Drilling, jack
eac hammering, breaking will not be allowed. Completed work shall be
adequately patched and finished with non-shrinking grout to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
6. Maximum misalignment of pipe into manholes shall be indicated on the
Drawings.
C. Connections to existing facilities
1. The Contractor shall make all required connections of the proposed
sanitary sewer into existing sanitary sewer facilities, where and as shown
on the Drawings.
2. Take care while making tap connections to prevent concrete or debris
from entering existing piping or structure.
3. Remove debris, concrete or other extraneous material that may
accumulate.
3.02 TESTING
A. The entire sewer system, including piping and manholes shall be tested for
leakage. System may be tested by the use of either water or low-pressure air.
Piping shall also be tested by the use of either water or low-pressure air. Piping
shall also be tested using closed circuit TV. All testing shall conform to the
requirements of the City of Northampton Department of Public Works.
B. General Test Requirements
1. Piping shall be adequately restrained against movement before testing.
Pressure sewer line shall have thrust blocks installed (under another
section of the specifications) and the concrete shall have attained full
design strength before test pressure is applied to the line.
2. Piping system shall be flushed clean, and sediment, scale, dirt, and debris
removed before piping is tested.
3. Adequate provisions shall be made for carrying off flushing water without
causing erosion or other damage.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02530—Sanitary Sewage
EGA,P.C. Page 8
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
9, Where necessary, tight-fitting temporary wood bulkheads shall be
employed to close ends of pipeline at end of each day's work.
10. Cleaning
a. Clear interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as
work progresses.
!+ + b. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is
completed.
C. In large, accessible piping, use brushes and brooms for clearing.
d. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted conduit at end of day or
!!+ whenever work stops.
e. Flush lines between manholes if required to remove collected
debris.
B. Manhole Installation
1. Manholes shall be set vertical on a base material as indicated on the
Drawings,with each section in true alignment.
2. Lifting holes in precast sections shall be plugged thoroughly with mortar
and finished smooth and flush with adjoining surfaces.
3. Brick shall be employed to bring frame and cover to required elevation as
indicated on the Drawings. Complete brick installation shall be coated
with at least a 3/4 in. thickness of mortar on outside to provide a fully
sealed and watertight collar between the top manhole section and the
cover frame
a. Before installation of castings, chipped and scraped areas shall be
touched up with one coat of bituminous paint.
b. Cast iron frame shall be set concentric with manhole opening in a
full bed of mortar. A thick ring of mortar extending to the outer
edge of brick or concrete shall be placed all around the bottom
flange of the cast iron frame. Mortar surface shall be smooth and
sloped to shed waterway from the frame.
4. Portland cement-based mixtures used on this work shall receive a
minimum of three days of moist curing, which shall start immediately
after the material has been placed. Suitable means shall be employed to
02530—Sanitary Sewage
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Page 7
EGA,P.C. 10/08/03
EGA#: 10213
ON,
0•
Grout shall be...a nonshriA'*cement-based type, such as Master Builders
Company"Embeco", or U.S. Grout Corporation "Five Star Grout".
A
G. Castings
1. Manhole frames and covers shall be Model LK 110 as manufactured by
LeBaron Foundry Company, Brockton, MA, or approved equal. Manhole
covers shall have 3"-high letters cast into the cover to read"SEWER".
H. Embedment Materials
!■* PVC pipe embedment materials shall conform to Class I or Class lI
embedment materials as defined in ASTM D 2321.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
The Contractor shall install all sanitary sewer structures and pipe in the locations as
shown on the Drawings and/or as approved by the Owner's Field Representative and
in accordance with all applicable standards.
A. Piping-PVC
1. Inspect piping before installation to detect apparent defects.
"" 2. Mark defective materials with white paint and promptly remove from site.
3. PVC pipe installation shall conform to ASTM D2321.
4. Bottom of trench excavation shall be kept dry and free of water during
pipe installation. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent flotation of
""" pipe in the trench.
5. Pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation, and shall be
maintained free from foreign matter during installation.
6. Each pipe length shall be installed to form a close joint with the next
adjoining length and bring inverts of the required grade.
7. Piping shall be properly graded, free from pockets.
8. No pipe or fitting shall be permanently support on saddles, blocking or
+w
stones.
40 R MA 02530—Sanitary Sewage
ockridge—Northampton,
Page 6
EGA,P.C. 10/08/03
EGA#: 10213
OW
e. Pipe openings in base shall be minimum size required to receive
pipe, and shall be accurately set to conform to the required line and
grade.
2. Pipe shall be joined to precast base using a seal similar to that indicated on
the Drawings.
3. Manholes shall have shaped brick inverts.
4. Manhole steps shall be extruded aluminum, conforming to Fed. Spec.
QQ-A-200/8, or polypropylene plastic reinforced with 3/8 in. diameter
steel rod, as manufactured by M.A. Industries, Inc. Peachtree City, GA
30269,or approved equal.
a. Steps shall be drop-front anti-skid design, 12 in wide. Projection of
front edge of step shall be greater than or equal to 5 in. from
manhole wall.
b. Steps shall embedded 4 in. into manhole wall. Those portions of
aluminum steps to be embedded in manhole wall shall receive a
heavy coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. Coating shall be
thoroughly dry before steps are embedded in manhole.
C. Steps in precast sections shall be embedded at time of casting.
5. Manholes shall be designed to safely withstand an AASHTO H-20
loading, as specified in the AASHTO Specifications.
D. Brick
1. Brick for support of cast iron cover and frame shall be one of the
following types:
a. Clay brick meeting the physical requirements of MHD
Specifications Section M4.05.2.
2. Brick for sewer manhole invert channel shall conform to MHD
Specifications Section M4.05.2.
E. Mortar
Mortar shall conform to MHD Specifications Section M4.02.15.
F. Grout
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02530—Sanitary Sewage
EGA,P.C. Page 5
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
aw
4. During backfilling/top-soiling of sanitary sewage systems, install
continuous underground-type plastic line marker, located directly over
buried line at 6 in. to 8 in. below finished grade.
5. Manufacturer: Allen Systems, Emed, Seton Name Place
B. Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe
1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) nonpressure pipe for gravity sewers shall
conform to ASTM D 3034, SDR35 minimum wall thickness.
2. Pipe shall be bell-and-spigot in standard lengths of 12'-6".
3. Bell end shall be an integral wall section with solid cross section rubber
ring, factory assembled.
4. Spigot end shall be beveled to ensure proper insertion. Spigot end shall
be imprinted with an "assemble stripe",to which the bell end of the mated
pipe will extend upon proper jointing of the two pipes.
5. Rubber rings shall conform to ASTM D3212.
6. Pipe ends shall permit checking of the rings with a feeler gage to ensure
** their proper location in the coupling grooves.
7. PVC fittings shall be bell-and-spigot type, compatible with the pipe.
C. Sanitary Manholes
1. Precast concrete manholes shall conform to all applicable standards and
the project drawings and shall be similar to those manufactured by Hydro
Conduit,Wauregan, CT, or approved equal.
a. Sections shall have tongue and groove joints.
b. Joints between sections shall be made with preformed rubber
gaskets conforming to ASTM C433.
C. Each section shall have no more than two lifting holes or cast-in
lifting devices.
d. Precast base shall be manufactured with wall openings to receive
the ends of pipes that are to be connected to structure.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02530—Sanitary Sewage
EGA,P.C. Page 4
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
ow
b. The abutting property owners shall be notified prior trenching in the
public right of way for the purpose of making the connection to the
municipal sewer.
B. Permits
lie Contractor shall pay for all permits and licenses as required.
C. Inspection
1. All sanitary sewer System installation within the public right of way
shall be inspected and approved by the City of Northampton DPW.
The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements
with the City and paying all fees associated with the Sanitary
Sewerage System installation.
** 1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation
+A• instructions for sanitary sewage system materials and products.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for sanitary sewage systems, and
maintenance data.
C. Record Drawings: Submit record drawings at Project Closeout.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
ON
2.01 MATERIALS
The materials to be used in the construction shall be those indicated on the Drawings
and specified herein.
A. Identification
1. Provide underground-type plastic line markers, manufacturer's standard
permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed plastic tape, intended for
direct-burial service.
2. Size: Min. 6 in wide x 4 mils thick
3. Provide green tape with black printing reading "CAUTION SEWER
LINE BURIED BELOW'.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02530—Sanitary Sewage
EGA,P.C. Page 3
10/08/03
EGA#: 10213
w
4. Connection' of building sanitary sewer service lines to the site sanitary
sewer system.
5. Installation of sanitary sewer facilities with the Public R.O.W. and/or
easements, including connections to existing sanitary sewer facilities.
B.- Related Work Described Elscwherc
Earthwork ...........................................................................Section 02315
Reinforced Cement Concrete...............................................Section 02750
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
w.
Codes and Standards
e.A 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO):
• Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges
2. American Society for Testing and Materials:
Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber
Gaskets C433
Low-Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipelines (4 to 12-in.) C828
gn Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe D3231
Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings D3034
Joints for Drain and Sewer and Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric
Seals D3212
3. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department(MHD):
Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges
4. City of Northampton Requirements
a. The Contractor shall notify the City of Northampton DPW prior to
any work within the public right of way. All work and materials
shall be subject to the approval of the City DPW.
w Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02530—Sanitary Sewage
EGA,P.C. Page 2
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
�w
SECTION 02530
SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically
listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to
the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the
Engineer's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either
Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work
shall be provided, in accordance with the Engineer's interpretation.
1.04 DESCRIPTION
A. Work under this Section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all
labor, materials and equipment necessary and required to install exterior
sanitary sewer system beginning at a point 10 feet outside of building
w. foundation wall, in accordance with the Contract Documents. This work shall
include but not be limited to:
. � 1. Installation of sanitary sewers consisting of manholes, drop connections,
pipe and all necessary and required accessory items and operations
including connections to existing facilities.
2. Pay costs and fees related to connecting sanitary sewerage system to
existing services. File applications, details, and drawings required by the
w� local authority having jurisdiction.
3. Alteration, reconstruction and/or relocation of existing sanitary sewer
facilities as required.
�w Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02530—Sanitary Sewage
EGA,P.C. Page 1
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
4
eel
F. During the disinfection period, care shall be exercised to prevent contamination
,�. of water in existing mains.
G. The Contractor shall dispose of the water used in disinfecting and flushing in an
acceptable manner.
H. Any temporary connections required for disinfection shall be installed and
subsequently properly abandoned at the Contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION 02510
Rockridge-Northampton,MA 02510—Water Distribution
Page 1 l
ww EGA,P.C. 10/08/03
EGA#: 10213
an
without extension of time for completion of work. Additional tests and
repairs shall be made until the section passes the specified tests.
10. All joints within vaults shall have no visible leakage. Joints from which
water continues to run or squirt in an active manner will not be accepted.
11, Upon successful completion of the tests, plugs or caps installed for th.
testing shall be removed.
12. If, in the judgment of the Engineer, it is impractical to follow the
foregoing procedure exactly for any reasons, modifications in the
procedure shall be submitted for approval and be made as approved and
accepted,but in any event the Contractor shall be responsible for tightness
of the line within the above leakage and pressure requirements.
E. Before submitting system for final approval of the authorities having
jurisdiction, submit to the Engineer a written statement that work has been
�,. completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and signed by the
Contractor's Superintendent.
F. Promptly following satisfactory completion of leakage testing, a report fully
describing test procedure and listing test results shall be submitted to the
Engineer and to governmental agencies having jurisdiction. The report shall be
signed by the Contractor's superintendent.
3.05 DISINFECTION
A. The Contractor shall disinfect the lines carrying potable water. The work shall
be performed in accordance with the requirements of the City of Northampton
DPW Standards. Test results shall be sent to the Engineer and the
aforementioned DPW.
B. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and materials necessary to do the
work of disinfection, and shall perform the work in accordance with procedure
outlined in the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C651 except as otherwise
specified herein.
C. The dosage shall be such so as to produce a chlorine concentration of no less
than 25 (mg/1)ppm after a contact period of not less than 24 hours.
D. After treatment, the pipeline shall be flushed with clean water until the residual
chlorine content does not exceed 1.0 (mg/1)ppm.
E. After flushing samples shall be collected as per City of Northampton DPW
standards.
02510—Water Distribution
Rockridge-Northampton,MA
+�w EGA,P.C. Page 10
10/08/03
EGA#: 10213
C. Notice of tests shall be made in writing to the Engineer and the City of
40 Northampton DPW Water Division, and received by them at least five days
before the date of test.
D. Hydrostatic and Leakage Tests
1. Testing shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard C600, Section 4,
and at test pressure indicated in the City of Northampton DPW Standards.
2. Pressure pipe shall be given combined hydrostatic and leakage tests in
, ► sections of acceptable length as the Engineer shall direct.
3. Furnish and install suitable temporary testing plugs or caps; all necessary
pressure pumps, pipe connections, meters, gages, and other necessary
equipment; and all labor required.
4. Unless it has already been done, the section of pipe to be tested shall be
filled with water of approved quality, and all air shall be expelled from
the pipe. If hydrants or blowoffs are not available at high points for
releasing air, make necessary excavations, do backfilling and make taps at
such points. Plug holes after completion of the test.
5. The section under test shall be maintained full of water for a period of 24
hours prior to the combined pressure and leakage test being applied.
6. The meter and gage shall be installed and shall be kept in use during the
test so that water entering water main under test will be measured and the
pressure in the water main indicated.
7. The pressure test shall be made at 1.5 times the normal working water
pressure (based on the elevation of the lowest point of the section under
test), but not less than 150 PSI. If the Contractor cannot achieve the
specified pressure and maintain it for the specified time, with no
additional pumping, the section shall be considered as having failed to
pass the test.
8. Following a successful pressure test, or concurrently with test, make a
leakage test by metering the flow of water into the pipe while maintaining
in the water main and pressure equal to the specified test pressure. If the
average leakage during the period exceeds specified the rate of gallons per
40 hour,the section shall be considered as having failed the leakage test.
9. If the section shall fail to pass the pressure test, the leakage test, or both,
locate, uncover, and repair or replace defective pipes, fittings, or joints,
Rockridge-Northampton,MA 02510—Water Distribution
EGA,P.C. Page
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03 3
ON
go
3.03 ASSEMBLING SLEEVE-TYPE COUPLINGS
�. A. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned
thoroughly for a distance of 8 in. Soapy water may be used as a gasket
lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe
to-a distance of about b in. from the end, and the middle r' Ig shall be placed on
the already laid pipe and until it is properly centered over the joint. The other
pipe end shall be inserted into the middle ring and brought to proper position in
relation to the pipe already laid. The gaskets and followers shall then be
pressed evenly and finely into the middle ring flares.
B. After the bolts have been inserted and all nuts have been made up fingertight,
diametrically opposite nuts shall be progressively and uniformly tightened all
around the joint, preferable by use of a torque wrench of the appropriate size
and torque for the bolts.
�. C. The correct torque as indicated by a torque wrench shall not exceed the sleeve
manufacturers recommendations.
++* D. An approved tar coating shall be applied on the entire outer surface of such
couplings, including bolts, following installation.
3.04 TESTING
A. All portions of the water distribution system installed shall be hydrostatically
tested for leakage.
B. General Test Requirements
1. Piping shall be adequately restrained against movement before testing.
Pressure line shall have thrust blocks installed and the concrete shall have
attained full design strength before test pressure is applied to the line.
2. Piping system shall be flushed clean, and sediment, scale, dirt, and debris
removed before piping is tested.
3. Adequate provision shall be made for carrying off flushing without
causing erosion or other damage.
4. Piping shall be tested before joints are concealed or made inaccessible.
5. Tests shall be made in the presence of an inspector of the authority having
jurisdiction and in accordance with the City of Northampton DPW
Standards.
02510—Water Distribution
Rockridge-Northampton,MA
Page 8
O* EGA,P.C. 10/08/03
EGA#: 10213
u �
00
4. Where indicated, new system shall be connected to existing Municipal
Water Distribution System in accordance with the City of Northampton
Requirements.
C. Pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation, and shall be maintained
free from foreign matter during installation.
1. Where necessary, tight-fitting temporary wood bulkheads shall be
employed to close ends of pipeline at end of each day's work.
, . 2. Entire length of pipe shall be thoroughly flushed clean following
completion of backfill.
D. In any pipe showing a distinct crack and in which it is believed there is no
incipient fracture beyond the limits of the visible crack, the cracked portions, if
so approved, may be cut off by and at the expense of the Contractor before the
®!• pipe is laid so that the pipe used will be perfectly sound. The cut shall be made
in the sound barrel at a point at lest 12 in. from the visible limits of the crack.
+!! 1. Except as otherwise approved, all cutting shall be done with a machine
suitable for cutting ductile iron pipe. Hydraulic squeeze cutters are not
acceptable for cutting ductile iron pipe. Travel type cutters and guillotine
or rotary type abrasive saws may be used. All cut ends shall be examined
for possible cracks caused by cutting.
2. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that damage to the lining
of pipe or fittings will render them unfit for use; he shall use the utmost
care in handling and installing lined and coated pipe and fittings to
* prevent damage. Protective guards shall not be removed until the pipe is
to be installed.
E. Concrete Thrust Blocks
1. Changes in direction, both vertical and horizontal shall be braced with
concrete thrust blocks.
2. Where pipe is being capped for future connection, cap shall be braced
with concrete thrust block.
3. Concrete shall meet requirements of Section 03300, CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE.
4. Thrust block sizing and installation shall be in accordance with City of
Northampton DPW Standards.
R 02510—Water Distribution
ockridge-Northampton,MA
Page 7
am EGA,P.C. 10/08/03
EGA#: 10213
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection
1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all
other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where
this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that water utilities may be installed in strict accordance with all
pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, the referenced
standards, and the manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Discrepancies
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such
discrepancies are fully resolved.
3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Piping shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with
WM the referenced City of Northampton DPW Standards. Where exact locating
dimensions of piping are not indicated on the Drawings, the Engineer's approval
shall be obtained for proposed locations before installation.
B. Ductile iron pipe fittings shall be installed in accordance with the City of
Northampton DPW Standards.
1. Bottom of trench excavation shall be kept dry and free of water during
pipe installation. Adequate measures including dewatering as required
on shall be taken to prevent flotation of pipe in the trench.
2. Each pipe length shall be installed to form a close joint with the next
40 adjoining length and bring inverts to the required grade.
3. Each pipe length shall have a firm bearing along its entire length. No
"M pipe or fitting shall be permanently supported on saddles, blocking, or
stones.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA 02510—Water Distribution
rw EGA,P.C. Page
EGA#: 10213 10/08!03 3
(clockwise). Gate valve shall be designed to be bottle-tight for a minimum
working pressure of 200 lb.per sq. in.
B. Each valve shall be provided with a valve box. Box shall be 2 pieces slip-style
cast iron and shall be an adjustable telescoping, heavy pattern type.
1. Box shall be designed and constructed to prevent the direct transmission
of traffic loads to the piping or valve.
2. Upper section of box shall have a flange with sufficient bearing area to
prevent undue settlement. Lower section of box shall be designed to
enclose the valve-operating nut and stuffing box, and rest on the backfill.
3. Boxes shall be adjustable by 6 in. vertically without reduction of the lap
between sections to less than 4 in.
4. Inside diameter of box shall be at least 5 1/4 inch and length of box shall
be as required to suit finish ground elevation.
5. Box cover shall be close fitting and substantially dirt-tight. Top of cover
shall be flush with top of box rim. Cover shall have a word "WATER"
cast into top.
6. Box shall be equal to that as manufactured by the Tyler Corporation.
C. For valves installed with depth of cover substantially greater than that specified,
extensions, including centering spacers, shall be added to the operation nut
assembly to raise the operating nut to a depth below grade equal to that with the
normal required depth of cover.
2.03 FIRE HYDRANTS
A. Hydrant shall conform to AWWA C502 and local governmental authorities
+* having jurisdiction. Hydrant shall be positive automatic drain type to prevent
freezing, and shall have one 4 1/2 inch pumper and two 2 1/2 inch hose
connections, National Standard Threads. Main valve opening shall be 5 1/4 in.
and valve shall open to left(counter-clockwise). Inlet connection shall be 6 in.,
mechanical joint. Operating nut shall be pentagonal, 1 5/8 inches point to flat
and open left(counter-clockwise).
B. Hydrant shall be City of Northampton Standard Model K81A Guardian
manufactured by Kennedy Valve Co., and shall be approved by the City of
* + Northampton DPW.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA 02510—Water Distribution
EGA,P.C. Page 5
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
INA Q
ELPHI
.� C01r S RUCTfOW 1NIC. Transmittal Cover Sheet
PAUL LEONARD Project i✓z-°er
2250 Main street, Concord, MA 01742 Detailed, Grouped by Each Transmittal Number
PHONE: 978.371.9939 ext:106
FAX: 978.371.4944
pleonard @delphiconstruction.net
www.delphiconstruction.net
NEDA-Rockridge Project# 271 Delphi Construction,Inc.
_Rockridge ^ Tel: 978.371.9939 Fax: 978.371.4944
�r6 Coles Meadow Road
r�Northam ton MA 01060 c�
7r yrisp
mitteci B
Anthony Patillo Paul Leonard
Northampton Building Department Delphi Construction, Inc.
212 Main Street, Room 100 2250 Main Street
Northampton, MA 01060-3189 Concord, MA 01742
Tel:413.587.1240 Tel: 978.371.9939
Fax:413.587.1272 Fax: 978.371.4944
0 Acknowledgement Required
packageTransm�tted Far DetiveredyUta Tracking dumber
permit application Hand
Reference w 0escr?pttor
Status
001 3.0 Stamped plans
002 3.0 specifications
003 1.0 permit application
004 1.0 Architect's preliminary affidavit
005 1.0 Structural Engineer's affidavit
006 1.0 Delphi Construction insurance
certificate —
007 1.0 Fire suppression system
narrative
Gc Com an ame
on
,..Notes: _F. M . ........ .,�,r.. < .
p, ,..Y., .... w., . _..._
Ctemarks _.s.-.. __,.. _ F._... ....,...
Attached please find the building permit application package for the work at the New England Deaconess Association facility
at 25 Coles Meadow Road. All the information required to obtain the foundation only permit is contained within this
submission.
The Planning Board decision with the receipt and endorsement from the Registry of Deeds is contained in Appendix A of the
specifications book.
If there are any questions concerning the application, please do not hesitate to call me directly on my cell phone at
781.454.7968,or at our Concord office.
n
Thank you. "'
(, Signa u �igne Date
Prolog Manager Printed on: 10/9/2003 Delphi—Gen Page 1
` O 17.3
APPROVED �_ _
FOR CONSTRUCTION TECHNICAL MANUAL _
-Delphi Construction Inc. FOR
RN-C)C KRI D G E
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
on
V
z
ap
A.
!w
EGAr
A R C H I T E C T syS
N E W B U R P O R
MASSACHUSETTS
DES MOINES - IOWA
Pm
IAA
OR
`
APPROVED
FOR CONSTRUCT
',.';•r ION
ff1C
if
F -Delphi construction Inc.
SECTION 00010-TABLE OF CONTENTS I)J P
* �_�.._,._....-
VOLUME I � _ _ LATEST
t7 T r, n,
DIVISION 0 ISSUE DATE
E. ..... `.'
g
re/M
,;X:, ?'r3 jeut Directory .,n
=.:,.
00013 List of Drawings 10/08/03
"' DIVISION 1
01100 Summary 10/08/03
01140 Work Restrictions 10/08/03
01210 Allowances 10/08/03
01230 Alternates 10/08/03
01240 Alternates Schedule 10/08/03
01250 Contract Modification Procedures 10/08/03
01270 Unit Prices 10/08/03
01290 Payment Procedures 10/08/03
,,. 01310 Project Management and Coordination 10/08/03
01320 Construction Progress Documentation 10/08/03
01330 Submittal Procedures 10/08/03
01400 Quality Requirements 10/08/03
01420 References 10/08/03
01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 10/08/03
01600 Product Requirements 10/08/03
01631 Substitution Request Form 10/08/03
01700 Execution Requirements 10/08/03
01731 Cutting and Patching 10/08/03
01732 Selective Demolition 10/08/03
01770 Closeout Procedures 10/08/03
01781 Project Record Documents 10/08/03
01782 Operation and Maintenance Data 10/08/03
... 01820 Demonstration and Training 10/08/03
DIVISION 2
02150 Erosion and Sediment Control 10/08/03
02230 Site Demolition and Clearing 10/08/03
02315 Earthwork 10/08/03
02510 Water Distribution 10/08/03
�. 02530 Sanitary Sewage System 10/08/03
02630 Storm Drainage 10/08/03
02650 Unit Masonry 10/08103
.. 02743 Bituminous Concrete Pavement 10/08/03
02750 Reinforced Cement Concrete 10/08/03
02800 Planting 10/08/03
02850 Seeding 10/08/03
02860 Sodding 10/08/03
DIVISION 3
03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 10/08/03
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Table of Contents-00010
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 2
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
.w
�R
ED
APPR4V N
FOR CON ��
STRUCTIO r f f
�w -Delphi Construction Inc.
OCT - ^�
DIVISION 4 l ��
ri t
No Not Issued
DIVISION 5
Not Issued
DIVISION 6
Not Issued
�.. DIVISION 7
Not Issued
DIVISION 8
Not Issued
e. DIVISION 9
Not Issued
.w.
DIVISION 10
ow
Not Issued
DIVISION 11
so Not Issued
DIVISION 12
"o Not Issued
DIVISION 13
Not Issued
DIVISION 14
10/08/03
14240 Hydraulic Elevators
„A„ DIVISION 15
10/08/03
15010 General Requirements 10/08/03
15500 Sprinkler System
..
APPENDIX A
no Planning Board Decision
END OF SECTION 00010
o Table of Contents-00010
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Page 2 of 2
EGA,P.C. 10/8/03
EGA Project No.: 10213
am
No Section 00012-Project Directory
OWNER: New England Deaconess Assoc. Contact:Walter Bartkus
MW 80 Deaconess Road Tel: 978-369-5151 x306
Concord,MA 01742 Fax: (978)371-8091
Email: wbartkus(Dnedeaconess.com
OR ARCHITECT: FRA.,P.C. Contact:Gerry Menke
14' Auburn Sucei Tel: 978-462-5515
Newburyport,MA 01950 Fax: 978-462-5525
an Email: mg_ enke(c�e a.net
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER: Delphi Construction Contact: Jake Simmons
2250 Main Street Tel: 978-371-9939
Concord,MA 01742 Fax: 978-371-4944
Email:jsimmons(a,delphiconstruction.net
.,. CIVIL ENGINEER: Coler&Colantonio,Inc. Contact: David M.Thompson
55 Bobala Road Tel: 413-313-0121 (direct)
Holyoke,MA 01040 Fax: 413-313-0190
Email: dthompson6i4ol-col.com
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER: Victor Reno Assoc. Contact:Vic Reno
Reno Road Tel: 603-352-1452
�*! Marlow,NH 03456 Fax: 603-352-3731
Email: renoen ineering_(o-),earthlink.net
MECHANICAL ENGINEER: McGill Engineering Contact:Doug McGill
140 Stannard Mountain Road Tel: 802-748-1066
Danville,VT 05828 Fax: 802-748-0991
Email: me illengineering_Ppshift.com
INTERIOR DESIGNER: Wellesley Design Contact:Chuck Steinman
66-70 Union Square Tel: 617-623-1122
Suite 201 Fax: 617-623-7720
Somerville,MA 02143 Email: chuck ,wdcinteriors.com
w�
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Project Directory-00012
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 1
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
ssi
go
.»
SECTION 01300-LIST OF DRAWINGS LATEST
ISSUE DATE
am
SITE DEVELOPMENT
1 Site Plan 6/25/03
�. rr l Existing.Conditions,Abutter&Zoning Plan 10/8/03
GU-i Urading&Utilities Plan 10/8/03
GU-2 Grading&Utilities Plan 10/8/03
.. GU-3 Cottage Grading Detail 10/8/03
GU-4 Grading Detail Plan 10/8/03
L-1 Layout&Materials Plan 10/8/03
L-2 Layout&Materials Plan 10/8/03
L-3 Cottage Layout Detail 10/8/03
L-4 Layout Plan 10/8/03
PL-1 Planting&Lighting Plan 10/8/03
**� PL-2 Planting&Lighting Plan 10/8/03
PL-3 Planting&Grading Details 10/8/03
D-1 Construction Details 10/8/03
D-2 Construction Details 10/8/03
D-3 Construction Details 10/8/03
D-4 Construction Details 10/8/03
D-5 Construction Details 10/8/03
!** GN-1 General Notes 3/6/03
.. STRUCTURAL
S-0.1 General Notes and Typical Details 10/8/03
S-1.0 Basement Foundation Plan 10/8/03
S-1.1 First Floor Framing and Foundation Plan 10/8/03
S-1.2 Cottage Foundation Plan 10/8/03
S-2.1 Foundation Sections 10/8/03
S-2.2 Cottage Foundation Sections 10/8/03
s.
R.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA List of Drawings-00013
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 1
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
ow
OR
SECTION 01100-SUMMARY
PART 1 -GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings'and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Project Identification: Project consists of
1. Project Location: 25 Coles Meadow Road,Northampton,MA 01060.
2. Owner:New England Deaconess Association-80 Deaconess Road,Concord,MA 01742-4199.
�• B. Architect Identification: The Contract Documents, dated October 10, 2003,were prepared for Project by
EGA,P.C., 12 Auburn Street,Newburyport,MA 01950.
C. Construction Manager: Delphi Construction, Inc. Construction Manager for this Project and is Project's
Constructor. In Divisions 1 through 16 Specifications, the terms "Construction Manager" and
"Contractor"are synonymous.
*■ D. The Work consists of the addition of 42 units of assisted living apartments(30 units within the congregate
building and 12 "cottages.") onto an existing Level IV Rest Home. Additionally, new commons areas
will be added consistent with a new assisted living facility.
Future phases of the project will include conversion of existing first floor Level IV apartments into a
special dementia care unit, as well as conversion of some of the upper level IV apartments into assisted
living apartments. Future phases will also include a new maintenance building of approximately 1,200sf.
1. The Work includes all materials, labor, plants, equipment, tools, machinery, transportation, and
services necessary for,or reasonably inferred,incidental to the construction of the project.
1.3 CONTRACT
A. Project will be constructed under a general construction contract.
1.4 WORK SEQUENCE
A. The Work of this contract shall be conducted in a single phase.
1. The Work shall be substantially complete and ready for occupancy within 365 days of the Notice
to Proceed.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Summary-01100
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 3
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
OR
1.5 USE OF PREMISES
A. General: Contractor shall have full use of limited areas of the premises for construction operations,
including use of Project site,during construction period. Contractor's use of these areas is limited only by
,,,, Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.
1.6 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
A. Separate Contract: Owner will award a separate contract for performance of certain construction
operations at Project site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with Work under this
Contract. This contract will include,but is not necessarily limited to the following:
1. Interior design contract: This contract will include delivery and installation of moveable furniture
and fixtures. It will also include window treatments. Contractor will be required to allow the
work of this contract to occur in select portions of the project prior to Substantial Completion and
Owner occupancy.
�. 2. Tree Clearing and Stump Grinding: This contract will include all work associated with required
tree removal. This contract work shall occur prior to Construction Manager's use of premises.
3. Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly,
without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract.
.. 1.7 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16-division
an format and CSUCSC's"MasterFormat"numbering system.
1. Section Identification: The Specifications use section numbers and titles to help cross-referencing
in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence;however,the
®" sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to
determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents.
B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the
intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These
conventions are as follows:
1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is
abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not
stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and
plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract
Documents indicates.
2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements
expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative
or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that
must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted.
a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are
implied where a colon(:)is used within a sentence or phrase.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Summary-01100
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 3
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
no
No
Xp
IPR
MR
2.01 PIPE
• A. Ductile iron pipe shall be furnished and installed in sizes as shown on the
drawings and in accordance with the latest ANSI Standards' Designations
A251.51 (AWWA 6151) for Ductile Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal
Molds of Sand-Lines Molds for Water or Other Liquids" and A21.50 for
Thickness Design,--of Ductile Iron Ripe,,, Unless otherwise indicated or
specified, ductile iron pipe shall be at least thickness Class 52.
1- DI pipe shall be push-on joint type except as otherwise indicated or
specified.
2. CI or DI fittings shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C110 or ANSI/AWWA
C153/A21.53 respectfully, and shall be of a pressure classification at least
equal to that of the pipe with which they are used.
3. Gaskets shall conform to ANSI/AWWA CI l l/A21.11.
4. Inside of pipe and fittings shall be given a cement lining 1/8-inch
minimum thickness on pipe 12 inches and smaller and bituminous seal
coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. The outside of the
pipe and fittings shall be coated with a standard bituminous coating
conforming to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 and C110, respectively.
5. Pipe for use with sleeve-type couplings shall be as specified above except
that the ends shall be plain (without bells or beads). The ends shall be
cast or machined at right angles to the axis.
B. Sleeve-type couplings shall be cast iron and shall be Dresser style.
1. To ensure correct fitting of pipe and couplings, sleeve-type couplings and
accessories shall be famished by the supplier of the pipe and shall be of a
pressure rating at least equal to that of the pipeline in which they are to be
installed.
2. Couplings shall be provided with epoxy coated steel bolts.
3. Outer surfaces of couplings including bolts and nuts shall be coated with
an approved tar coating upon installation.
2.02 VALVES AND VALVE BOXES
A. Gate valve shall be iron body, New York Style (Metropolitan Pattern)
conforming to ANSI/AWWA C500. Gate Valve shall have mechanical joint
ends, interior epoxy coated, 2 in. square operating nut. Valve shall open to right
Rockridge-Northampton,MA
EGA,P.C. 02510—water Distribution
EGA#: 10213 Page 4
10/08/03
Aft
B. Inspection and Testing
I. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected and tested at the foundry as required
by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. The
Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer in duplicate sworn certificates of such tests.
2. The Owner reserves the right to have any or all pipe, fittings and special
castings inspected and/or tested by an independent testing agency at either
the manufacturer's plant or elsewhere. Such inspection and tests shall be
at the Owner's expense.
3. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and
a hammer test just before being installed.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List
After the award of the Contract and before any water system materials are
delivered to the job site, submit to the Engineer, a complete list of materials
proposed to be furnished and installed.
I. Show manufacturer's name and catalog number for each item, furnish
complete catalog cuts and technical data, and furnish the manufacturers'
recommendations as to method of installation.
2. Upon approval of the Engineer, the manufacturers'recommendations shall
become the basis for acceptance or rejection of actual methods of
installation used in the work.
3. Do not permit any water system component to be brought onto the job site
until the Engineer has approved it.
B. Record Drawings
00 1. During the course of installation, carefully shown in red line on a print of
the utility plan all changes made to the water system during installation.
00 2. Upon completion of the water system installation, these marked plans
shall be supplied to the Engineer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Rockridge-Northampton,MA 02510—Water Distribution
EGA,P.C. Page 3
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
wt
,ur
4.• "`"Installation of water lines within the Public R.O.W. and/or Easements,
including connections to existing water supply facilities.
5. Work performed under the Water Distribution System Scope of Services
shall be limited to work outside of, and up to a point of ten (10) feet
outside of the building(s) foundation wall as shown on the Drawings.
Work inside the building(s) foundation wall as shown on the Drawings.
Work inside the building and connection to new water service piping
installed under this section shall be included under the scope of services
described in the various sections of Division 15 of these Specifications.
■" 6. The Contractor shall pay for all costs and fees related to connecting water
system to existing services and shall file all applications, details, and
drawings, required by the local authority having jurisdiction.
B. Related Work Described Elsewhere
Site Demolition and Clearing Section 02230
Earthwork .............................................................................Section 02315
Bituminous Concrete Pavement Section 02743
Reinforced Cement Concrete Section 02750
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. City of Northampton Requirements:
The Contractor shall notify the City of Northampton Water Department
sufficiently in advance of connecting new or relocated water services to
existing water main. All work and materials shall be subject to approval
of the City. Any questions regarding these matters should be made
directly to the Water Division, Northampton Public Works Department,
413-587-1097, ext. 301.
The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements with the
City and paying all fees associated with the water system installation and
testing.
All water distribution materials and installation shall conform to the
requirements of the referenced City of Northampton DPW Standards.
Should discrepancies exist between the City of Northampton Standards
and this Specification, the City of Northampton Standards shall prevail.
For materials or methods of installation not included in the City of
Northamptom Standards, but specified herein, the Contractor shall submit
this material or methodology to the City of Northampton DPW for
approval prior to purchase and/or execution.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA 02510—Water Distribution
EGA,P.C. Page 2
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
MR
so
SECTION 02510
ow WATER DISTRIBUTION
± * PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically
listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to
the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the
Engineer's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either
Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work
go shall be provided, in accordance with the Engineer's interpretation.
1.04 DESCRIPTION
A. Work under this Section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all
labor, materials and equipment necessary and required to install all of the water
distribution and service facilities in accordance with Contract Documents. This
work shall include but not be limited to:
1. Installation of water distribution system consisting of excavation, piping,
valves and boxes, hydrants, pipe fittings, thrust blocks, manhole, vaults
�. and all necessary and required accessory items and operations including
sheeting, bracing, pumping and coordination with interior plumbing and
electrical contractors.
2. Connection of building water service lines to the water distribution
system.
3. Testing and disinfection.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA 02510—Water Distribution
! EGA,P.C. Page 1
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
00
G. Backfill adjacent to wall, conduit, pipe, and similar item, and in other areas
where wheeled equipment cannot safely be employed, shall be placed in 4-
inch thick layers, to the specified compaction,using mechanical tampers.
H. For work within City of Northampton streets and walkways, compaction shall
be as required by the Northampton Department of Public Works.
3.06 MOISTURE CONTROL .
A. Variation of moisture content in fill and backfill material shall be limited to
Optimum Moisture(-1%to+3%). Moisture content shall be as uniformly
distributed as practicable within each lift, and shall be adjusted as necessary
to obtain the specified compaction.
B. Material which does not contain sufficient moisture to be compacted to the
specified densities shall be moisture conditioned by sprinkling, disking,
windrowing, or other method approved by the Engineer.
I. Material conditioned by sprinkling shall have water added before
compaction. Uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade or layer of
soil material to obtain sufficient moisture content. The Contractor shall
maintain sufficient hoses and/or water distributing equipment at the site
for this purpose.
C. Material containing excess moisture shall be dried to required Optimum
Moisture Content before it is placed and compacted. Excessively moist soils
shall be removed and replaced or shall be scarified by use of plow,discs, or
other approved methods, and air-dried to meet the above requirements.
«w
D. Materials which are within the moisture requirements specified above,but
which display pronounced elasticity or deformation under the action of
earthmovmg and compaction equipment, shall be reduced to Optimum
Moisture Content, or below, to secure stability.
E. In the event of sudden downpours or other inclement weather, exposed
subgrades and fills which, in the opinion of the Engineer become inundated
or excessively moistened, shall have excess water removed and soil dried as
specified above.
3.07 CLEANING UP
Upon completion of the work of this Section, immediately remove all debris and
excess earth materials from the site.
END OF SECTION
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 15
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
4
C. Subgrade and backfill of indicated areas for site improvement or structures
including but not limited to walkways, retaining walls, curbing, patching and
pavement subgrade shall be compacted as specified in the following table:
Subgrade Max. Compacted Compaction
Area or Compaction Thickness Per of Each Lift
Structure Minimum % Lift-.Inch Minimum %
Above pipe
cover to
subgrade 85 12 90
Area or
Structure not
otherwise noted 85 12 90
Manhole or similar
structure, and
within 2 feet
horizontally 90 8 95
Roadway pavement,
including 1 foot
beyond edge 90 8 95
Pipe Cover -- 6 95
Structural Fill under
Foundations and Slabs 90 8 95
D. Compaction requirements shall apply to material directly below the indicated
support item (base course, footing, or structure), and to all material above the
undisturbed earth beneath fill, and enclosed by the following planes:
1. Horizontal plane at the elevation of the bottom of the supported item
(base course, footing, or structure), within a perimeter line located 2
feet beyond the exterior face or edge of item.
2. Flat planes extending from the perimeter line downward and outward at
a 45 degree angle with the horizontal, to where the planes intersect
undisturbed earth. Where zones of higher and lower percentages of
compaction overlap, that of the higher percentage shall apply.
E. Compaction of backfill in excavation shall be to a density not less than that
required of the surrounding area fill.
F. Equipment and methods employed to achieve specified compaction shall be
sub*ect to the approval of the Engineer or Engineer and equipment shall be
replaced and methods revised as directed until specified compaction is
obtained.
G. Compaction of each lift shall be completed before placing of the next lift is
started.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 14
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
D. Except as otherwise noted, tolerance of top surface of completed backfill
shall be+ 2 inches from true grade indicated and variations from indicated
tolerance shall approximately compensate within each 100-foot area.
1. Tolerance for backfill beneath concrete foundation shall be plus 1/2
inch and minus 2 inches.
2. Tolerance for backfill beneath concrete slab on grade shall be plus 1/2
inch and minus 1 inch.
E. Excavations which extend below indicated or specified levels (over-
excavation), shall be filled to those levels at no additional cost to the Owner.
Over-excavation in rock shall be filled with either gravel bedding as defined
in paragraph 2.0213 of this section or concrete having a minimum 28-day
compressive strength of 2,000 psi. with compacted granular fill, if in earth.
3.05 COMPACTION
A. Degree of compaction shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557.
B. Except as otherwise noted, fill and backfill materials shall be placed in
W successive horizontal lifts which do not exceed specified thickness.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 13
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
C. Compaction at End of Day: Areas undergoing filling shall be smooth-rolled
W before the end of the work day to seal and protect these areas from rainfall
infiltration during the night.
D. Except as otherwise noted, tolerance of top surface of completed fill areas
shall be±2 inches from true grade indicated. Variations from indicated
tolerance shall approximately,compensate within each 100-foot area.
3.03 BEDDING
A. Minimum width of bedding material shall be at least as wide as the item to be
installed on it. Where width of bed is less than full width of trench concrete
or"Granite Fill" shall be placed adjacent to bedding material to fill full width
of the trench, and shall be compacted with bedding material.
1. Width of bedding for sewer pipe shall extend full width of trench
excavation.
B. Where bed is damaged during excavation or while placing pipe, or otherwise
it shall be repaired to specified grade, contour, and compaction before weight
of pipe is placed on it.
C. Bedding material for water, sewer and drainage pipe shall be"Gravel
Bedding". Bedding material for conduit shall be concrete or"Fine Granular
Fill" as shown on the plans or as required by the appropriate utility owners.
Material for utilities will be furnished,placed, and compacted under the
appropriate utility specification section.
3.04 BACKFILL
A. Excavation below finished grades shall be backfilled. Temporary planking,
timbering, forms, debris, and refuse shall be removed before backfill is
placed.
B. Backfilling shall be done in any area only after the Owner or Engineer have
inspected and approved subgrade, foundations, or other work in excavations.
Notice that the work is ready for inspection shall be given promptly, and
sufficient time shall be allowed for making necessary examinations.
C. In order to prevent lateral movement, care shall be exercised in placing
backfill adjacent to utility line and other structures. Backfill on opposite
sides of such items shall be kept at approximately the same elevation as
backfilling progresses to prevent unbalanced earth pressure. During
backfilling,the difference in elevation of backfill on opposite sides of the
structure shall not exceed 12 inches.
1. Shoring shall be employed as necessary to protect such items.
2. Foundation walls and footings have been designed to act with other
portions of the structure to withstand the loads they will bear in
completed project; they have not been designed to withstand
construction loads or unbalanced earth or equipment loadings.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 12
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
I. Excavations which extend below indicated or specified levels (over-
excavation), shall be filled to those levels with concrete having a minimum
28-day compressive strength of 2,000 psi if in rock, or with compacted
granular fill, if in earth. See Section 01250 regarding compensation for
overexcavation.
J. If bearing surface of subgrade which is to receive fill, concrete footing,
structure, or other construction becomes softened, disturbed, or unstable,
unsuitable material shall be removed down to a firm bearing surface and
replaced with suitable material. Subgrade shall then be protected from further
disturbance until construction item is placed.
K. Excavations shall not be wider than required to set,race, and remove forms
for concrete, install piping, or perform other necessary work. Width of trench
at 12 inches above top of pipe or conduit shall be less than the outside
diameter of the pipe or the conduit plus 3 feet. Sides of trench above this
level shall be sloping, at an angle 45 degrees from vertical, from this level to
grade. In materials where sloping walls are not stable, or tree damage may
occur,trench walls shall be sheeted.
+!* 1. Should it be necessary to lower the utilities below the grade indicated
on the Drawings because of existing pipes or structures,the excavation
below normal grade shall be made to such widths and depths as the
�. Engineer may direct. Compensation shall be as specified in Section
01250. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with
unauthorized excavation.
M. Below-ground Demolition
1. Underground construction,pipe, and similar items indicated on the
Drawings as to be demolished or removed, shalt be demolished and/or
removed. Other items, not indicated on the Drawings,which impede
construction of new work indicated, shall be abandoned, demolished
and/or removed only with the approval of the Engineer.
2. Pipe which is to be abandoned in place shall be suitably and
permanently plugged at both ends. Plug shall be stiff concrete, with a
thickness,measured parallel to pipe axis of 1 pipe diameter, for pipe
less than 18 inches in diameter. For pipe equal to or greater than 18
inches in diameter, both inner and outer faces of plug shall be formed.
Pipe less than 4 inches in diameter need not be plugged.
3.02 PLACING EMBANKMENTS
A. Filling shall be done in any area only after the Engineer has reviewed
subgrade.
B. Benching: Fills placed on existing slopes which exceed 6 feet horizontal to 1
foot vertical shall be keyed or benched into the existing slope not less than 5
feet to prevent the formation of slippage planes.
Roclaidge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 11
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
D. Stripping of Topsoil
Any topsoil within "Limits of Work" and where excavation or filling will
occur shall be stripped,cleaned of all rocks and debris and stockpiled on site
for use in finish grading. Surplus topsoil shall be retained by the Owner.
3.02 FINISH ELEVATIONS AND LINES
Contractor shall be responsible for setting and establishing finish elevations and
lines, to the required tolerances. Carefully preserve all data and all monuments set
and, if displaced or lost, immediately replace to the approval of the Engineer, at no
additional cost to the Owner.
3.03 EXCAVATING
A. Excavate site as shown on the drawings and cross-sections. All suitable
material must be stored on site and utilized as backfill or in embankments.
Surplus or unsuitable material shall be removed and disposed of off the site.
B. Depressions Resulting from Removal of Obstructions
Where depressions result from, or have resulted from, the removal of surface
or subsurface obstructions, open the depression to equipment working width
and remove all debris and soft material as directed by the Engineer.
C. Sheeting, shoring, bracing,pumping,bailing, and other incidental work
necessary to make and maintain excavations and keep them free from water at
all times during placing of concrete,utility lines, and fill/backfill materials,
shall be performed or supplied as required. Fill and backfill shall be placed in
dry or dewatered areas only.
D. Sheeting shall be installed, where required, to maintain safe and workable
conditions in excavations and where adjacent tree protection zones prohibit
sloped trench walls without damaging of the tree. Sheeting, including
necessary wales and struts,shall be selected and designed by the Contractor.
Use of sheeting shall equal or exceed minimum required for safety and/or
conformance to law.
E. All structures, including but not limiited to foundations, footings,pipes,
pavement, earth, and other property liable to damage from excavation
operations shall be braced,underpinned, and supported as required to prevent
damage and movement.
F. As excavation approaches underground utilities and structures, excavation
shall be done by hand tools. Such manual excavation is incidental to normal
excavation and no special payment will be made.
G. Excavation shall include satisfactory disposal of excavated material not
employed as backfill or fill material.
H. Excavation for pipe and other items shall be carried far enough below
underside of item to accommodate bedding material.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 10
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
on
No. 56:....:;., 90
No. 200 65
F. Fine granular fill shall be clean,well graded sand with the following limits:
Sieve Size % Passing by Weight
3/4 inch 100
1/2 inch 90 - 100
No. 4 60 - 100
No. 30 20 - 90 No. 50 10- 70
No. 100 0 -20
90 -200 0- 10
G. Crushed stone shall satisfy the following limits:
Sieve Size %Passing by Weight
1 3/4 inch 100
1 1/2 inch 90 - 100
1 inch 20 - 55
r 3/4 inch 0- 15
3/8 inch 0 - 5
PART 3.00- EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Prior Familiarization
Prior to all work of this Section, become thoroughly familiar with the site, the
site conditions, and all portions of the work falling within this Section.
B. The Contractor shall establish the baseline shown on the drawings and
accurately lay out all improvements related thereto. All work and control
points shall be preserved by a system of offsets and/or ties in order to prevent
destruction. Elevations shall be established from the project benchmark
shown on the Contract Plans.
C. Backfilling Prior to Approvals
1. Do not allow or cause any of the work performed or installed to be
covered up or enclosed by work of Section prior to all required
inspections,tests and approvals.
2. Should any of the work be so enclosed or covered up before it has been
approved,uncover all such work at no additional cost to the Owner.
3. After the uncovered work has been completely tested, inspected and
approved, make all repairs and replacements necessary to restore the
work to the condition In which it was found at the time of uncovering,
*!� all at no additional cost to the Owner.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 9
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
depth layers exposed to the-sun and thoroughly dried by the sun prior to
use as a fill material anywhere on site.
2.02 FILL MATERIAL
Fill materials specified here are for site improvements , including but not limited to
walkways, curbing, patching, retaining walls and light pole bases. All fill for City
of Northampton public streets and walkways shall be in accordance with all
requirements of the Northampton Depatrment of Public Works. All trench
backfill within City of Northampton rights of way shall conform to
Massachusetts Highway Department standard specification for controlled
density fill, Type 2E.
Backfill material shall be well-graded within the specified limits. Gradation of
materials shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C 136.
air
A. Granular fill shall be sand graded with the following limits
w Sieve Size % Passing by Weight
1 inch 100
No. 4 20 - 60
No. 40 10- 35
No. 200 0 - g
B. Gravel bedding shall be gravel, crushed quarry rock or crushed gravel from
off-site sources graded within the following limits:
Sieve Size %Passing by eight
1 inch 100
3/4 inch 90 - 100
3/8 inch 20 - 55
No. 4 0 - 10
No. 8 0 - 5
C. Trench and structural fill shall be a gravelly sand or sand gravel graded with
the following limits
Sieve Size % Passing by Weight
6 inches 100
No. 4 30 - 80
No. 40 5 - 30
No. 200 0 - 8
D. Common fill shall be bankrun sand, gravel, or mixture thereof, graded within
the following limits:
Sieve Size %Passing by Weight
6 inches 100
No. 4 30 - 95
No. 200 0 - 15
E. Stone dust shall meet the following gradation:
Sieve Size % Passing by Weight
r No. 4 100
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 8
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
B. As construction proceeds,the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying
the Engineer prior to start of earthwork operations requiring inspection and/or
testing.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining test samples of soil
materials proposed to be used and transporting them to the site sufficiently in
advance of time planned for use of these materials for testing of materials to
be completed. Use of these proposed materials by the Contractor prior to
testing and approval or rejection,shall be at the Contractor's risk.
1.16 ROCK AND BOULDER EXCAVATION
A. The contrator shall be responsible for all rock and boulder removal as
required to complete the construction as shown on the plan The cost for authorized removal of rock and boulders shall be as specified in Section
01250. The cost of unauthorized rock removal shal be the responsibility of
the Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
�.. 2.01 FILL MATERIAL, GENERAL
A. Approval Required
All fill material shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.
B. Notification
For approval of im orted fill material, notify the Engineer at least four
working days in advance of intention to import material; designate the
proposed borrow area, and provide samples, as necessary, from the borrow
area for the purpose of making acceptance tests to prove the quality of the
material.
C. Fill material shall be well graded, natural inorganic soil, approved by the
Engineer and meeting the following requirements:
1. It shall be free of organic or other weak or compressible materials, of
frozen materials, and of stones larger than six inches maximum
dimensions.
2. It shall be of such nature and character that it can be compacted to the
• specified densities in a reasonable length of time.
3. It shall be free from highlyplastic clays, from all materials subject to
decay, decomposition, or dissolution and from cinders or other material
which will corrode piping or other metal.
4. It shall have a maximum dry density of not less than 100 lbs. per cubic
foot.
5. If any fill material is obtained from the excavation of the existing septic
system, the material shall be excavated and laid in 4 inch maximum
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 7
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
WX
4-- Material designated in the field by the Geotechnical Consultant.
E. Topsoil - The upper layer of the soil profile which is supporting the growth of
!! vegetation as evidenced by the existence therein of numerous roots and other
organic matter. Refer to Section 02800-Planting, for a full definition of
topsoil as required for this project.
F. Rock and Boulder Excavation- shall be defined as removal of sound and
solid mass, layer, or ledge of mineral matter as follows:
Rock excavation for trenches and pits includes removal and disposal
of materials and obstructions encountered that cannot be excavated
with a track-mounted power excavator, equivalent to Caterpillar
Model No. 215C LC, and rated at not less than 115 HP flywheel
power and 32,000-pound drawbar pull and equipped with a short
stick and a 42-inch wide, short tip radius rock bucket rated at 0.81
cubic yard(heaped) capacity. Trenches in excess of 10 feet in width
and pits in excess of 30 feet in either length or width are classified as
open excavation.
3. Rock excavation in open excavations includes removal and disposal
of materials and obstructions encountered that cannot be dislodged
and excavated with modern,track-mounted, heavy- duty excavating
equipment without drilling, blasting, or ripping. Rock excavation
equipment is defined as Caterpillar Model No. 973 or equivalent
track-mounted loader, rated at not less than 210 HP flywheel power
and
developing minimum of 45,000-pound breakout force(measured in
accordance with SAE J732).
a. Typical of materials classified as rock are boulders 1 cu. yd.
or more in volume, solid rock,rock in ledges, and rock- hard
cementitious aggregate deposits.
b. Intermittent drilling, blasting, or ripping performed to
increase production and not necessary to permit excavation
of material encountered will be classified as earth
excavation.
1.15 COORDINATION
A. Prior to start of earthwork,the Contractor shall arrange an on-site meeting
with the Engineer and Engineer for the purpose of establishing Contractor's
schedule of operations and scheduling inspection procedures and
requirements.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 6
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
C. Testing''LAboratory Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, the geotechnical
testing laboratory must demonstrate to Engineer's satisfaction,based on evaluation of
laboratory-submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience
and capability to conduct required field and laboratory geo-technical testing without
delaying the progress of the Work.
1.12 FROST PROTECTION
Frozen or muddy material shall not be placed as fill or backfill.
1.13 SHORING AND SHEETING
A. Provide shoring, sheeting and/or bracing at excavations, as required, to
prevent collapse of earth at site of excavations.
B. Comply with federal, state and local regulations.
C. Remove sheeting and shoring and the like, as backfilling operations progress,
taking all necessary precautions to prevent collapse of excavation sides.
D. The cost for any authorized sheeting shall be as specifies in Section 02295.
The Contractor shall be responsible for costs of unauthorized sheeting and
shoring.
1.14 DEFINITIONS
A. Subgrade- shall be that portion of the soil or rock which remains after
stripping of topsoil, excavation,and prior to filling, or placement of roadway
subbase.
B. Embankment - shall be defined as any area on the site filled to raise grades to
proposed subgrade elevations. Embankments are placed in layers to a
predetermined elevation and cross-section.
C. Utility Trench Backfill- is the area bounded by the proposed finished
subgrade and the cover material over the respective pipe or conduit. This
material shall conform with applicable requirements for embankment,
structural backfill or utility company requirements depending on the area or
zone into which the utility is installed.
D. Unsuitable Material -material which is classified as "unsuitable" shall be
material having at least one of the following properties:
1. Material with a maximum unit dry weight per cubic foot less than 100
lb. as determined by ASTM D 1557.
2. Material containing visible organic matter,topsoil, organic silt, peat,
construction debris,roots and stumps.
3. Material which has a Liquid Limit greater than 55.
«w
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 5
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
on
marks, monuments, and other reference points which are disturbed or
destroyed.
' ! 3. Buried structures, utility lines, etc., including those which project less
than 18 inches above grade, which are subject to damage from
construction equipment shall be clearly marked to indicate the hazard.
Markers shall indicate limits of danger areas, by means which will be
clearly visible to operators of trucks and other construction equipment,
and shall be maintained at all times until completion of project.
1.10 DRAINAGE AND DEWATERING
A. The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, adequate pumping and drainage facilities to keep excavated areas sufficiently dry from groundwater
and/or surface runoff so as not to adversely affect construction procedures or
cause excessive disturbance of underlying natural ground or footing and slab
subgrades.
B. The Contractor shall grade and pitch the site as necessary to direct surface
runoff away from open excavations and subgrade surfaces. Positive drainage
(minimum 1.0% slope) shall be maintained at all times.
C. Water from trenches and excavations shall be routed through temporary
sediment basins in such a manner as will not cause injury to public health nor
to public or private property, not to the surface of roads, walks, and streets,
not cause any interference with the use of the same by the public. Methods of
disposal of pumped effluent shall not cause erosion or siltation, and shall
conform to requirements of Section 02150, EROSION AND SEDIMENT
CONTROL.
D. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor place fills,pour concrete, or
install piping and appurtenances in excavations containing free water.
E. There shall be sufficient pumping equipment, in good working order,
available at all times to remove water.
F. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, pumping of excavations is not
effective in maintaining a dry, firm subgrade, other methods acceptable to the Engineer shall be employed.
ow 1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Codes and Standards: Comply with Massachusetts Highway Department Standard
Specifications for Highways and Bridges, 1988 and with local
governing
regulations if more stringent than herein specified.
B. Testing and Inspection Service: Contractor shall employ and pay for a qualified
independent geotechnical testing laboratory to perform soil testing and inspection
service during earthwork operations.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 4
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
on
w� 1.08 SUBMITTALS
Test Reports: Submit the following reports directly to Engineer from the testing services,
with copy to Contractor:
1. Test reports on borrow material.
2. Verification of suitability of each borrow material, in accordance with
specified requirements.
3. Field reports;in-place soil density tests.
4. One optimum moisture-maximum density curve for each type of soil
encountered.
5. Report of actual unconfined compressive strength and/or results of bearing
tests of each strata tested.
1.09 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Dust Control
1. Use all means necessary to control dust on and near the work and on
and near all off-site borrow areas, if such dust is caused by the
Contractor's operations during performance of the work or if resulting
from the condition in which the Contractor leaves the site. See Section
01500.
2. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust being a
nuisance to the public,neighbors and concurrent performance or other
, . work on the site.
B. Protection of Existing Structure and Utilities
1. The work shall be executed in such manner as to prevent any damage to
adjacent property and any other property and existing improvements
such as, but not limited to : streets, curbs, paving,trees,utility lines and
structures, monuments,bench marks and other public and private
property, and to protect existing structures and foundations from
damage caused by settlement, lateral earth-movement, undermining,
washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations.
2. In case of any damage or injury caused in the performance of the work,
the Contractor shall, at his own expense, make good such damage or
injury to the satisfaction of, and without cost to the Owner. Existing
roads, sidewalks, and curbs damaged during the project work shall be
repaired or replaced to their original condition at the completion of
operations. The Contractor shall replace, at his cost, existing bench
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 3
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
�s
them for himself during the bidding period, as no additional compensation
will be made for errors and inaccuracies may be found therein.
1.06 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Excavating, filling and grading required for this work includes, but is not
necessarily limited to the following:
ow
1. Clearing and preparation of site.
2. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil
s
3. Protection of existing trees and vegetation
4
4. Excavation:
a. General excavation to lines and grades indicated for installation of
site work improvements, including but not limited to walkways,
curbing,patching, retaining walls, light pole bases and planting.
b. Excavation and backfill of utilities.
c. Excavation and backfill of miscellaneous rock, boulders and
debris in areas of construction.
d. Excavating and backfill for structures
5. General exterior rough grading, cutting and filling required.
6. Filling and backfilling as required for pavement and patching including
furnishing of any extra material required.
7. Compacted gravel for pavement areas.
8. Disposal of excess material.
9. Dewatering of excavation as may be required.
1.07 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE
A. Site Demolition and Clearing................................................... Section 02230
A. Erosion and Sediment Control.................................................. Section 02150
B. Bituminous Concrete Pavement............................................... Section 02743
C. Seeding .. ............................................................................ Section 02850
D. Cast-in-place Concrete ............................................................. Section 02750
.w E. Unit Masonry........................................................................... Section 02650
F. Planting ............................................................................... Section 02800
G. Temporary Facilities ................................................................ Section 01500
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 2
40
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
P"
SECTION 02315 -
„ , EARTHWORK
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this
Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not
specifically listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard
of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work
specified, in accordance with the Engineer's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within
either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater
quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Engineer's
interpretation.
1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall become thoroughly familiar with the site, consult
records and drawings of adjacent structures and of existing utilities and their
connections, and note all conditions which may influence the work of this
Section.
B. By submitting a bid, the Contractor affirms that he has carefully examined the
site and all conditions affecting work under this Section. No claim for
additional costs will be allowed because of lack of full knowledge of existing
conditions.
C. The Contractor may, at his own expense, conduct additional subsurface
MW testing as required for his own information.
1.05 INFORMATION NOT GUARANTEED
A. Information on the Drawings and in the Specifications relating to subsurface
conditions, natural phenomena, and existing utilities and structures is from
the best sources presently available. Such information is furnished only for
? ! the information and convenience of the Contractor, and the accuracy or
completeness of this information is not guaranteed.
B. Plans, surveys, measurements, and dimensions under which the work is to be
performed are believed to be correct, but the Contractor shall have examined
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02315-Earthwork
EGA,P.C. Page 1
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
no
2. Do not permit stockpiling of materials or debris within the barricaded
area nor permit the earth surface to be changed in any way except as
specifically approved by the Engineer.
3.06 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS
Contractor shall remove and store as directed all items which may be re-used.
Items not to be re-used shall be stored and/or disposed of as directed by the
Director. Items falling under this classification, but not considered as a full
listing include drainage structure, frames, covers and grates, granite curbing,
site lighting, lightpole bases,parking meters, flagpole, lighting control
enclosures and other pertinent physical items. Items which are considered as
suitable for re-use shall be cleaned and satisfactorily moved to designated
storage locations. All items to be discarded shall be disposed of in accordance
with applicable rules, regulations, codes and ordinances of local, state and
federal authorities.
�.» 3.05 REMOVAL OF DEBRIS
A. Remove and legally dispose of all debris from the site. Leave the site in a
neat and orderly condition to the approval of the Engineer. Debris shall
include of stumps,roots and rocks not in compliance with the criteria for fill
(Ref. Section 02315).
!" B. See Sectio 02200 for removal and disposal of bituminous and cement
concrete.
END OF SECTION
Roclaidge-Northampton,MA 02230-Site Demolition and Clearing
EGA,P.C. Page 7
, , EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
No
so
cutting machine comprised of a-suitable motor, driving a circular cutter, with
control devices, and mounted on a sturdy frame, supported by rubber tire
wheels.
D. Demolition shall be done as efficiently and rapidly as possible, with no undue
accumulations of rubbish or debris. Refuse shall be hauled away by the
Contractor, with route of Havel to and from point of dumping kept clear and
free during periods of use.
E. Take precautions to guard against movement, settlement or collapse of any
surrounding construction designated to remain and be liable for any such
movement, settlement or collapse.
3.03 CLEARING AND GRUBBING- GENERAL
A. Cut down all trees and brush, as designated on the plans. Remove all stumps
and debris, and remove from the property. No burning of materials will be
permitted on the site.
B. Remove from the site all brush, rubbish, pavement, concrete or masonry
foundations designated to be removed.
3.04 CONSTRUCTION OF BARRICADES
A. Layout
1. At all trees designated to be protected on the plan, construct a temporary
barricade around the tree a minimum of six (6) feet from the trunk.
2. Make barricades at least three(3) feet high, consisting of snow fencing,
in a square configuration with 2"x 4"wood corner posts set at least 36
inches into the ground.
3. At all sidewalks to be removed and replaced, construct barricades and/or
bridges as necessary to allow safe passage of pedestrians in conformance
with City of Northampton Specifications.
B. Protection
1. Take special care in setting posts not to damage tree roots.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02230—Site Demolition and Clearing
EGA,P.C. Page 6
w� EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
up
review a schedule showing the commencements the,order and the
completion dates for the various parts of this work.
2. Avoid interference with, use of, and passage to and from, adjacent
buildings and facilities.
3. Work shall be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. Other
trades shall be consulted in advance so that proper provisions may be made
for installation of their work and so that the work of this Section may be
properly finished and connected to the work of other trades.
E. Disconnection of Utilities: Before starting site operations, disconnect or
arrange for disconnection of all utility services designated to be removed or
.4 that require temporary discontinuance for the duration of the work, as shown in
the drawings,performing all such work in accordance with the requirements of
the utility company or agency involved.
F. Protection of Utilities: Preserve, in operating condition, all active utilities
traversing the site and not designated to be disconnected.
G. Provide adequate fire protection in accordance with local Fire Department
requirements.
H. Do not close or obstruct street or sidewalks without the proper permit.
Conduct operations with minimum traffic interference.
3.02 DEMOLITION
A. All items designated to be salvaged shall be carefully removed from the site so
as not to damage them. Removed and salvaged items shall be delivered to the
ou Owner at a location designated by the Owner's Representative. Damaged items
shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no extra charge to the Owner.
The Contractor shall take possession of all demolished materials not scheduled
for reuse and completely remove from site and legally dispose of same.
B. Items to be reset on the site may be stacked on the site until reuse. Care and
protection of the stacked items until reuse shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor. Any damaged items shall be replaced by the Contractor at no extra
charge to the Owner.
C. Saw cutting shall be conducted in locations which are designated on the plans
so that pavement to remain shall have a finished edge. Cutting shall be done in
a neat, straight line. The equipment for cutting pavement shall consist of a
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02230—Site Demolition and Clearing
EGA,P.C. Page 5
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
on
_:.PART 2 -PRODUCTS
*�+ 2.01 PRUNING PAINT -Not applicable.
2.02 OTHER MATERIALS
All other materials, not specifically described, but required for proper
completion of the work of this Section, shall be as selected by the Contractor,
subject to approval of the Engineer.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Notification
Notify the Engineer at least two full working days prior to commencing the
work of this Section.
B. Site Inspection
1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the entire site and all
objects designated to be removed and to be preserved.
2. Locate all existing trees to remain and mark with survey tape.
3. Locate all existing items to remain, to be salvaged nad stored, or to be
salvaged and relocated on site and mark with survey tape. Review
protection, transportation and storage of these items with the Owner and
Engineer prior to commencing any salvage operations.
C. Clarification
1. The drawings do not purport to show all objects existing on the site.
2. Before commencing the work of this Section, verify with the Engineer all
objects to be removed and all objects to be preserved.
D. Scheduling
1. Schedule all work in a careful manner with all necessary consideration
± * for neighbors and the public. Before commencing any work, submit for
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02230—Site Demolition and Clearing
EGA,P.C. Page 4
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
Obtiri'and pay for all necessary permits, licenses and certificates and give all
notices as required during the performance of the demolition work.
1.07 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Dust and Mud Control: Use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust
and mud during performance of the work of the Section; thoroughly moisten all
surfaces as required to prevent dust from being a nuisance to the public,
neighbors and concurrent performance of other work on the site. See Section
01500-Temporary Facilities.
B. Burning: On-site burning will not be permitted.
C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect existing objects and utilities
designated to remain included but not limited to parking meters, fencing,
retaining walls, utility structures and lines both underground and abovebround.
#„ In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements
necessary to the approval of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner.
When work occurs within the root structure of an existing tree designated to
remain, such work shall be carried out by hand with no machinery allowed that
may damage the root structure of the tree.
D. Provide, erect and maintain all catch platforms, lights, barriers, weather
protection,warning signs, and all other items as required for the proper
protection of the workmen engaged in demolition operations, public and
adjacent construction.
E. Provide adequate fire protection in accordance with local Fire Department
requirements.
F. Traffic: Conduct site clearing operations to ensure minimum interference with
roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not
close or obstruct street or sidewalks without the proper permit. Conduct
operations with minimum traffic interference. See Section 01010- Summary of
Work.
G. Protect all public and private property adjacent to and on the job site including
platforms, vents, utility lines, streets, sidewalks, light standards, hydrants,
street signs, mail boxes and fire alarm boxes. Make all repairs necessitated by
reason of, or in the course of, operations under this Contract to the complete
satisfaction of the Owner of the damaged property.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02230—Site Demolition and Clearing
EGA,P.C. Page 3
40 EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
B. Removal and salvage'of existing site items includes but is not necessarily
limited to the following:
1. Drainage structure frames and grates/covers
2. Signage
** 3. Fencing
4. Street light posts and foundations
5. Curbing
C. Definitions
The term"site demolition and clearing", as used herein, includes the removal
and disposal of all existing objects (except for those objects designated to
remain)within the project area, plus such other work as is described in this
Section of these Specifications.
1.05 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE
Earthwork ................................................................................. Section 02315
Temporary Facilities ................................................................... Section 01500
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
1. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during tree
clearing and grubbing operations and who shall be thoroughly familiar
with the types of trees involved and who shall direct the trimming of
roots and limbs where required.
2. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during
demolition operations and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the
procedures involved and who shall direct and coordinate the operation
and ensure coordination with the applicable utility agencies.
B. Codes and Standards
Perform demolition clearing work in accordance with applicable rules,
regulations, codes and ordinances of Local (City of Northampton Department
of Public Works), State and Federal Authorities, and in accordance with the
requirements of Public Utility Corporations having jurisdiction over the work.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02230—Site Demolition and Clearing
EGA,P.C. Page 2
EGA M 10213 10/08/03
SECTION 02230 _
■
SITE DEMOLITION AND CLEARING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this
Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not
.� specifically listed in this Section,provide such item or material at a standard of
quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified,
in accordance with the Engineer's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within
either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater
quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Engineer's
interpretation.
1.04 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Demolition, clearing and grubbing required for this work includes, but is not
necessarily limited to removal and off-site disposal of the following:
1. Bituminous concrete pavement
2. Concrete pavement (sidewalks and slab pavement)
3. Vegetation(trees, stumps, shrubs and vines)
4. Debris and rubble within project area
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02230—Site Demolition and Clearing
EGA,P.C. Page 1
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
and order the Contractor to make corrections within 24 hours; at.nc
expense to the Owner.
7. The Contractor shall make a final inspection, clean all components of the
drainage system and sweep off roadways as approved by the Engineer
before Contract closeout.
8. Condition of erosion control device shall be checked weekly or more
frequently as required. Damaged and/or deteriorated items shall be
replaced. Erosion control devices shall be maintained in place and in
effective condition.
9. Silt fences shall be inspected frequently and maintained or replaced as
required to maintain both their effectiveness and essentially their original
condition. Lower edge of fence shall be in close contact with the earth
below at all times, as required to prevent water from washing beneath.
10. Collected sediment deposits shall be disposed of by light top-dressing on
undisturbed,vegetated areas of the site outside of wetland jurisdictional
areas.
D. Removal of Erosion Control Devices
1. Erosion control devices shall be maintained until all disturbed earth has
been restabilized, at which time they shall be removed. After removal,
+ ► areas disturbed by these devices shall be regraded and seeded.
2. Erosion protection material shall be kept securely anchored until acceptance
of completed slope or entire Project, whichever is later.
D. On-going maintenance
Permanent, on-going site maintenance for the prevention of erosion and
sedimentation shall be carried out in accordance with the Stormwater Operation
and Maintenance Plan referenced above.
END OF SECTION
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02150—Erosion Control
EGA,P.C. Pagel
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
l.::The.catch basin grate shall be removed from the frame, wrapped in a layer of
filter fabric, and replaced.
2. A hay-bale barrier shall be constructed at each structure to enclose the inlet on all
sides.
- 3.04 TEMPORARY SEDIMENT BASIN
Not Applicable
3.05 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL OF EROSION CONTROL DEVICES
00
A. The Contractor shall inspect the effectiveness and condition of the erosion
control devices during storm events, after each rainfall of one-inch magnitude or
greater, prior to weekends, and prior to any forecasted storm events.
B. Wetland areas, water courses, and drainage swales adjacent to construction
activities shall be monitored weekly for evidence of silt intrusion and other
adverse environmental impacts,which shall be corrected immediately upon
discovery.
C. Culverts and drainage ditches shall be kept clean and clear of obstructions
during construction period.
1. Cleaning: Sediment build-up at silt fencing and hay bale structures shall be
removed when the sediment accumulation is 1/2 the design height.
2. The Contractor shall repair or replace damaged erosion control devices
immediately, and, in no case, more than four hours after observing such
*�► deficiencies, and as directed by the Engineer.
3. The Contractor shall be prepared to implement interim drainage controls
** and erosion control measures as may be necessary during the course of
construction, and as directed by the Engineer.
4. The Contractor shall make available on-site, equipment,materials and
labor necessary to effect emergency erosion control and drainage
improvements within four hours of any impending emergency situation.
5. The Contractor shall comply with recommendations of the Engineer to
make repairs or supplement erosion control procedures during the course
of construction.
6. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the sequencing of operations, condition
of erosion control devices, and turbidity level of runoff are unsatisfactory,
the Engineer will direct the Owner to order the Contractor to cease work
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02150—Erosion Control
EGA,P.C. Page6
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
Aw
B. Following seeding, area shall be tightly raked to mingle seed with the top 1/8 to
1/4 inch of soil. Areas shall then be smoothed and rolled.
C. Following rolling, entire shall be watered until equivalent of a 2-inch depth of
water shall have been applied to entire seeded surface, at a rate that will not
dislodge seed. Water shall be repeated thereafter as frequently as required to
prevent drying of surface, until grass attains an average height of 1 1/2 inches.
D. At the Contractor's option, seed may be spread by the hydroseeding methods,
utilizing power equipment commonly used for that purpose. Seed and mulch
shall be mixed and applied to achieve application quantities specified herein for
the conventional seeding method, with mulch applied at the rate of 2700 lb. dry
weight of mulch per acre.
A mulching machine, acceptable to the Engineer, shall be equipped to eject the
thoroughly wet mulch material at a uniform rate to provide the mulch coverage
specified. Other provisions specified above for conventional seeding shall apply
to hydro seeding.
1. If the results of hydroseeding application are unsatisfactory, the mixture
and/or application rate and methods shall be modified to achieve the
required results.
2. After the grass has appeared, all areas and parts of areas which fail to show
a uniform stand of grass, for any reason whatsoever, shall be reseeded and
ear such areas and parts of areas seeded repeatedly until all areas are covered
with a satisfactory growth of grass.
3.02 SILT FENCE
A. Silt fencing shall be placed at the downslope edge of the limit of grading before
commencement of any earthwork. Silt fencing shall be installed prior to all
upgradient earthwork.
B. Silt fence shall be installed around stockpiled topsoil and other aggregate
material.
3.03 CATCH BASIN FILTER DAM
Upon completion of catch basin structures, each structure shall receive anti-siltation
protection as follows:
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02150—Erosion Control
EGA,P.C. Pages
MIX EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
2.01 SILT FENCE
A. Silt fence shall be "Silt Fence" preassembled silt fence structure,manufactured
by Mirafi, Inc., Charlotte,NC, or approved equal.
1. Each package shall include oak post, industrial polypropylene netting,
Mirafi 100.sediment control fabric;metal coupler and instructions.
2. Overall length of each fence section shall be minimum 100 ft.; fabric width
minimum of 3 ft.,post length minimum of 4 ft., and post spacing maximum
of 10'.
3. Posts shall be tapered for ease of installation, and beveled at top to resist
splitting.
2.02 CRUSHED STONE
Not applicable.
2.03 FILTER FABRIC
Filter fabric for catch basin filter dam shall be Mirafi 140N drainage fabric,
manufactured by Mirafi, Inc., Charlotte,NC, or approved equal.
2.04 TEMPORARY SEED COVER
A. Seed mixture for temporary cover shall conform to the following:
Quantity per 1000
sq. ft coverage Material
4 lb. Poa annua(annual ryegrass)
Seed shall conform to MDPW Specifications Section 6.03.01, "Erosion
+ . Seed".
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 TEMPORARY SEED COVER
A. Grass seed shall be spread by mechanical spreader at a rate of 4.0 lb./1000 sq. ft.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02150—Erosion Control
EGA,P.C. Page4
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
4. Temporary seeding, mulching, or other suitable stabilization measures
shall be used to protect exposed critical areas during prolonged
construction or other land disturbances.
5. Drainage provisions shall accommodate increased runoff resulting from
W modifications of soil and surface conditions during and after development
or disturbance. Such provisions shall be in addition to existing
requirements.
6. Erosion control devices shall be installed as early as possible in the
construction sequence prior to start of clearing and grubbing operations
and excavation work.
B. Cut and fill slopes and stockpiled materials shall be protected to prevent erosion.
Slopes shall be protected with permanent erosion protection when erosion
exposure period is expected to be greater than or equal to six months, and
temporary erosion protection when erosion exposure period is expected to be
,,. less than six months.
1. Permanent erosion protection shall be accomplished by seeding with grass
and covering with an erosion protection material,as appropriate for
prevailing conditions.
2. Temporary erosion protection shall be accomplished by covering with an
erosion protection material, as appropriate for prevailing conditions.
3. Except where specified slope is indicated on Drawings, fill slopes shall be
limited to a grade of 3:1 (horizontal: vertical), cut slopes shall be limited
to a grade of 2:1.
1.08 EMERGENCY OPERATION PROCEDURES
A. The Contractor shall have on-call at all times capable, responsible
representatives who, when authorized, will mobilize the necessary personnel,
materials, and equipment, and otherwise provide the required action when
notified of any impending emergency situation.
!! B. The Contractor shall supply a telephone number to the Owner with which the
Contractor may be contacted in the evenings and on weekends. The Contractor
shall prepare a 24-hour "duty roster" for this purpose and submit it in writing to
+!+ the Engineer.
* ? PART 2 -PRODUCTS
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02150—Erosion Control
EGA,P.C. Page3
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
on
1.05 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO):
Policy on the Geometric Design of Highways and Streets
B. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department(MHD): Standard
Specifications for Highways and Bridges
C. Stormwater Operation and Maintenance Plan, Storm Drainage Analysis and
Design for the Proposed Improvements to Rockridge at Laurel Park,prepared for
New England Deaconess Association by Coler& Colantonio, Inc.,March 5,
2003.
�,. 1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Proposed methods, materials to be employed, and schedule for effecting erosion
and siltation control and preventing erosion damage shall be submitted for
approval. Submittals shall include:
1. List of proposed material including manufacturer's product data.
2. Schedule of erosion control program indicating specific dates for
implementing programs in each major area of work.
B. Seed mixture for temporary seed cover shall be submitted for approval of the
Engineer.
1.07 EROSION CONTROL PRINCIPLES
A. The following erosion control principles shall apply to the land grading and
!* construction phases:
1. Stripping of vegetation, grading, or other soil disturbance shall be done in
a manner which will minimize soil erosion.
2. Whenever feasible, natural vegetation shall be retained and protected.
3. Extent of area that is exposed and free of vegetation and duration of its
exposure shall be kept within practical limits.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02150—Erosion Control
EGA,P.C. Page2
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
M
SECTION 02150
j
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROWSIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The General Provisions of the Contract,including the General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically
listed in this Section,provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the
standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the
Engineer's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either
Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work
shall be provided,in accordance with the Engineer's interpretation.
40
1.04 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide all equipment and materials, and do all work necessary to minimize
erosion and sedimentation on the project site.
B. Erosion control and maintenance program, shall include,but not be limited to,
installation and maintenance of silt fence erosion control barriers and installation
schedules of erosion control structures.
C. Related work specified elsewhere
Site Demolition and Clearing................................................... Section 02230
Earthwork ............................................................................... Section 02315
Rockridge—Northampton,MA 02150—Erosion Control
EGA,P.C. Pagel
EGA#: 10213 10/08/03
.,a
g. Instruction on use of special tools. --
8. Repairs: Include the following:
a�
a. Diagnosis instructions.
b. Repair instructions.
C. Disassembly;component removal,repair,and replacement;and reassembly instructions.
d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.
e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
aaw
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module.
Assemble training modules into a combined training manual.
B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.
3.2 INSTRUCTION
A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to
coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants,
instruction times,and location.
,w
B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems,
subsystems,and equipment not part of a system.
am 1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements,
criteria,and regulatory requirements.
2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy.
3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.
C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal
40 operation,provide similar instruction at start of each season.
1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days'advance notice.
W D. Demonstration and Training Videotape: Record each training module separately. Include classroom
instructions and demonstrations,board diagrams,and other visual aids,but not student practice.
40 1. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section"Photographic Documentation."
2. At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning objective and lesson
outline.
4" E. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and discard. Remove instructional equipment.
Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use.
END OF SECTION 01820
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Demonstration and Training-01820
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 4
EGA Project No.: 10213 1018/03
2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: -
a. Emergency manuals.
e b. Operations manuals.
C. Maintenance manuals.
d. Project Record Documents.
e. Identification systems.
f. Warranties and bonds.
g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.
3. Emergencies: Include the following,as applicable:
a. Instructions on meaning of warnings,trouble indications,and error messages.
b. Instructions on stopping.
C. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.
e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
f. Special operating instructions and procedures.
4. Operations: Include the following,as applicable:
a. Startup procedures.
b. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
C. Routine and normal operating instructions.
d. Regulation and control procedures.
e. Control sequences.
f. Safety procedures.
• g. Instructions on stopping.
h. Normal shutdown instructions.
i. Operating procedures for emergencies.
j. Operating procedures for system,subsystem,or equipment failure.
k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
1. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
M. Special operating instructions and procedures.
5. Adjustments: Include the following:
ow a. Alignments.
b. Checking adjustments.
C. Noise and vibration adjustments.
d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
4W
6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:
40 a. Diagnostic instructions.
b. Test and inspection procedures.
7. Maintenance: Include the following:
ON
a. Inspection procedures.
b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
C. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
d. Procedures for routine cleaning
e. Procedures for preventive maintenance.
f. Procedures for routine maintenance.
40
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Demonstration and Training-01820
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 4
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
w
B. Instructor°Qualifications:...A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in
Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and
training.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. i oordinate instruction scledule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize
disrupting Owner's operations.
on B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and
course content.
40 C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency,operation,and maintenance
manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and
approved by Architect.
4
PART 2-PRODUCTS
on
2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
so A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each
system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections, and as
follows:
go 1. Motorized doors,including automatic entrance doors.
2. Equipment, including waste compactors, food service equipment, residential appliances, and pool
equipment.
ON 3. Fire-protection systems.
4. Low voltage systems.
5. Conveying systems.
6. HVAC systems.
no 7. HVAC instrumentation and controls.
8. Electrical service and distribution.
9. Packaged engine generators,including transfer switches.
10. Lighting equipment and controls.
11. Communication systems.
B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a
description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module,
include instruction for the following:
1. Basis of System Design,Operational Requirements,and Criteria: Include the following:
a. System,subsystem,and equipment descriptions.
b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.
C. Operating standards.
d. Regulatory requirements.
e. Equipment function.
f. Operating characteristics.
g. Limiting conditions.
h. Performance curves.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Demonstration and Training-01820
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 4
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
SECTION 01820-DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 -GENERAL
;
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS _
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
40 1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel,
MR including the following:
1. Demonstration of operation of systems,subsystems,and equipment.
on 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems,subsystems,and equipment.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for preinstruction
conferences.
2. Division I Section "Photographic Documentation" for preparing and submitting demonstration
and training videotapes.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Instruction Program: Submit two copies of outline of instructional program for demonstration and
training, including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors'names
for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.
1. At completion of training,submit one complete training manual for Owner's use.
B. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their
capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses,names
and addresses of architects and owners,and other information specified.
C. Attendance Record: For each training module,submit list of participants and length of instruction time.
D. Demonstration and Training Videotape: Submit one copy at end of each training module.
ON
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
40
A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance
personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project,and whose
work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance.
ww
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Demonstration and Training-01820
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 4
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
E. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets
pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component
incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item
using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and
delete references to information not applicable.
1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers'standard printed data are not available and where the
information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.
�w
F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of
component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams.
Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration
of completed installation.
1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals.
2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 1 Section "Project
Record Documents."
G. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for the schedule for submitting operation and
maintenance documentation.
END OF SECTION 01782
40
ON
�s
w.
�w
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Operation and Maintenance Data-01782
EGA,P.C. Page 7 of 7
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
No
List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
go D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance
procedures:
1. Test and inspection instructions.
2. Troubleshooting guide.
3. Precautions against improper maintenance.
4. Disassembly;component removal,repair,and replacement; and reassembly instructions.
5. Aligning,adjusting,and checking instructions.
6. Demonstration and training videotape,if available.
E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required
lubricants for equipment,and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with
standard time allotment.
1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly,
semiannual,and annual frequencies.
2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers'forms for recording maintenance.
ewe F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts
identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of
maintenance materials and related services.
G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone
number of service agent.
H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions
that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
PART 3-EXECUTION
ON
3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION
an
A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an
organized reference to emergency,operation,and maintenance manuals.
B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by
emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated.
C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and
maintenance of each product,material,and finish incorporated into the Work.
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data
indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a
system.
1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each
system,subsystem,and piece of equipment not part of a system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual
am
for use by Owner's operating personnel.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Operation and Maintenance Data-01782
EGA,P.C. Page 6 of 7
OR EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
2.5 PRODU01FIv1AINTERANCE MANUAL
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source
information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties
and bonds,as described below.
B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to
match.manaw's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer
or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in
Project Manual.
ow
C. Product Information: Include the following,as applicable:
a„ 1. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Color,pattern,and texture.
4. Material and chemical composition.
"' 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:
w.
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.
5. Repair instructions.
00 E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related
services.
F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions
that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
I. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
r
A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source
information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and
service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty
and bond information,as described below.
B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in the manual,
identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list
name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-
reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the
following information for each component part or piece of equipment:
w. I. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins.
2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and
component removal,replacement,and assembly.
3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.
wo
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Operation and Maintenance Data-01782
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 7
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
aA.
C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and-ekplain wainings;trouble indications, error messages,and similar
codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer,
supplier,and manufacturer to maintain warranties.
D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following,as applicable:
1. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
2. -'Operating instructions for conditions outside normal...perating limits.
3. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. -
4. Special operating instructions and procedures.
2.4 OPERATION MANUALS
A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual
Specification Sections and the following information:
1. System,subsystem,and equipment descriptions.
2. Operating standards.
3. Operating procedures.
�w 4. Wiring diagrams.
5. Control diagrams.
6. Piped system diagrams.
7. Precautions against improper use.
8. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.
B. Descriptions: Include the following:
w
1. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer's name.
am 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
4. Equipment function.
5. Operating characteristics.
6. Limiting conditions.
ON 7. Performance curves.
8. Engineering data and tests.
9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
C. Operating Procedures: Include the following,as applicable:
1. Startup procedures.
' 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
3. Routine and normal operating instructions.
4. Regulation and control procedures.
5. Instructions on stopping.
6. Normal shutdown instructions.
7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
MM 9. Special operating instructions and procedures.
D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation,and diagram controls as installed.
E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed,and identify color-coding where required for identification.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Operation and Maintenance Data-01782
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 7
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
00
1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one Volume to accommodate data,
include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set.
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system,
subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and
components of one system into a single binder.
1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3--ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-1l-inch(115-by-280-mm)paper;with clear plastic
sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded
WX oversize sheets.
a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in
No each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other
binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of
equipment or system.
b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND
ON MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents.
Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.
„a, 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to
indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in
the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project
Manual.
"• 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software
diskettes for computerized electronic equipment.
4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch white bond paper.
ON 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced,punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as
foldouts.
sm b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled
envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual,insert
typewritten pages indicating drawing titles,descriptions of contents,and drawing locations.
ON
2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS
00 A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:
1. Type of emergency.
R 2. Emergency instructions.
3. Emergency procedures.
B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions
" " and procedures for each system,subsystem,piece of equipment,and component:
1. Fire.
,w 2. Gas leak.
3. Water leak.
4. Power failure.
5. Water outage.
6. System,subsystem,or equipment failure.
7. Chemical release or spill.
Nw
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Operation and Maintenance Data-01782
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 7
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
on
_. ._...::i,.5 -COORDINATION
A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more than one
factory-authorized service representative, assemble and coordinate information furnished by
representatives and prepare manuals.
PART PRODUCTS
2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY
A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following:
1. List of documents.
2. List of systems.
3. List of equipment.
4. Table of contents.
B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and
NO maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.
C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of
equipment not part of system,list alphabetically in separate list.
D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency,operation,and maintenance manual.
E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify
each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with the same designation used in the Contract
Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4,
w "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."
2.2 MANUALS,GENERAL
a
A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system
and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual
shall contain the following materials,in the order listed:
1. Title page.
2. Table of contents.
3. Manual contents.
B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information:
1. Subject matter included in manual.
2. Name and address of Project.
3. Name and address of Owner.
4. Date of submittal.
5. Name,address,and telephone number of Contractor.
6. Name and address of Architect.
7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the
content of the volume,and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Operation and Maintenance Data-01782
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 7
EGA Project No.: 10213 1018/03
4W
fflo
SECTION 01782-OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART I -GENERAL
J.l RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
w other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and
+a
maintenance manuals,including the following:
1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory.
2. Emergency manuals.
3. Operation manuals for systems,subsystems,and equipment.
4. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and finishes systems
and equipment.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and
maintenance manuals.
2. Division 1 Section"Closeout Procedures"for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.
3. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for preparing Record Drawings for operation and
on maintenance manuals.
4. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for
products in those Sections.
"M
1.3 DEFINITIONS
ON A. System: An organized collection of parts,equipment,or subsystems united by regular interaction.
B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.
OR
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Initial Submittal: Submit 2 draft copies of each manual at least 15 days before requesting inspection for
Substantial Completion. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Architect will return 1
copy of draft and mark whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable.
ww B. Final Submittal: Submit 1 copy of each manual in final form at least 15 days before final inspection.
Architect will return copy with comments within 15 days after final inspection.
IWr 1. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit 3 copies of each
corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Operation and Maintenance Data-01782
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 7
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and-model_number of products, materials, and equipment
furnished,including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Record the name of the manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to
"'" provide a record of selections made.
4. For each principal product,indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in operation
and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data.
5. Note related Change Orders,Record Drawings,and Product Data where applicable.
2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
on
A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies
substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
so
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's
am written instructions for installation.
3. Note related Change Orders,Record Drawings,and Product Data where applicable.
4W
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
ON A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record
keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous
records and identify each,ready for continued use and reference.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record
N• Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not
wait until the end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field
office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents
for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible
condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for
Architect's reference during normal working hours.
w END OF SECTION 01781
4■
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Project Record Documents-01781
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 3
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
W
1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation.where installation varies from that
shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or
entity is Installer,subcontractor,or similar entity,to prepare the marked-up Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to
identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique.
C. Record data as soon as-possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before
enclosing concealed installations.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include,but are not limited to,the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
V„ b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
C. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
d. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
e. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
4" f. Actual equipment locations.
g. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
h. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive.
i. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
j. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
k. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
1. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual
physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-
reference on the Contract Drawings.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between
changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and
similar identification,where applicable.
B. Record Transparencies: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion,review
marked-up Record Prints with Architect. When authorized,prepare a full set of corrected transparencies
of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings.
1. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on Record Prints. Erase,
redraw,and add details and notations where applicable.
2. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution.
3. Owner will furnish Contractor one set of transparencies of the Contract Drawings for use in
recording information.
4. Print the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for use as Record Transparencies. Architect will
make the Contract Drawings available to Contractor's print shop.
2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from
that indicated in Specifications,addenda,and contract modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Project Record Documents-01781
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 3
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
on
SECTION 01781 -PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELA TED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents,
including the following:
w.
1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section"Closeout Procedures"for general closeout procedures.
2. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual
requirements.
no 3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents of
products in those Sections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
a
1. Number of Copies: Submit one set of marked-up Record Prints. Submit one set of record
transparencies.
B. Record Specifications: Submit two copies of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract
modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal.
1. Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit
marked-up Product Data as an insert in the manual instead of submittal as Record Product Data.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue-or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop
Drawings.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Project Record Documents-01781
EGA,P.C. Page I of 3
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
4W
m. • Replace parts•si�hject to unusual operating conditions.
n. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting
from water exposure.
o. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of
diffusers,registers,and grills.
P. Clean ducts,blowers,and coils if units were operated without filters during construction.
�s q. Clean light fixtures, lamps,globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace
burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use,.and defective,and noisy
starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new
fixtures.
r. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess
materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage
systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully.
END OF SECTION 01770
ear,
AM
40
40
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Closeout Procedures-01770
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
40
B. Program Structure: Develop an instruction.program that includes individual training modules for each
system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. For each
training module,develop a learning objective and teaching outline. Include instruction for the following:
1. System design and operational philosophy.
2. Review of documentation.
3. Operations.
.4.__..._._Adjustments.
5. Troubleshooting.
6. Maintenance.
7. Repair.
3.2 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local
laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
t
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or
unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
w. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
including landscape development areas,of rubbish,waste material, litter, and other foreign
substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign
deposits.
C. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth,even-textured surface.
d. Remove tools,construction equipment,machinery,and surplus material from Project site.
e. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of
stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of
exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.
f. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums,
shafts,trenches,equipment vaults,manholes,attics,and similar spaces.
g. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
oo h. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if
visible soil or stains remain.
i. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove
Ow glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or
broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking
care not to scratch surfaces.
j. Remove labels that are not permanent.
go k. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred,exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace
finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show
evidence of repair or restoration.
1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical
nameplates.
Ow 1. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar
equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign
substances.
Rockrldge—Northampton,MA Closeout Procedures-01770
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
eMr
P"
C. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Page number.
N
1.6 WARRANTIES
A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work
where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated.
B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated
portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by
separate agreement with Contractor.
C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project
Manual.
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as
necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-1l-inch (115-by-280-mm)
paper.
�w 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to
identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation,
including the name of the product and the name,address,and telephone number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES,"
Project name,and name of Contractor.
D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the
surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or
that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A. Instruction: Instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and
equipment not part of a system.
1. Provide instructors experienced in operation and maintenance procedures.
y1 2. Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation,
provide similar instruction at the start of each season.
3. Schedule training with Owner's personnel with at least seven days advance notice.
4. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction, and
course content.
on Rockridge—Northampton,MA Closeout Procedures-01770
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
+w
Complete startup testing of systems.
9. Submit testladjust/balance records.
10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction
"a tools,and similar elements.
11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy,use,operation, and maintenance.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial.Completion. On rer6pt of request,
Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect
will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items,
"r either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect,that must be completed or corrected
before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion.
1.4 FINAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion,
complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section"Payment Procedures."
2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be
completed or corrected(punch list),endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list
shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
go 3. Submit evidence of final,continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.
5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation,adjustment,and maintenance of products,equipment,and
systems. Submit demonstration and training videotapes.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,Architect
will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will
prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must
be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS(PUNCH LIST)
A. Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected
by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary,
*" areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from
lowest floor to highest floor.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,
individual walls,floors,equipment,and building systems.
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Closeout Procedures-01770
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
PM
SECTION 01770-CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,including,but not
limited to,the following:
Im
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Project Record Documents.
iw 3. Operation and maintenance manuals.
4. Warranties.
5. Instruction of Owner's personnel.
6. Final cleaning.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment for
Substantial and Final Completion.
2. Division I Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting Final Completion construction
photographs and negatives.
3. Division 1 Section"Execution Requirements"for progress cleaning of Project site.
4. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for
products of those Sections.
an
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion,
complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list,
and reasons why the Work is not complete.
2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
so 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifications,and similar documents.
4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services
and utilities. Include occupancy permits,operating certificates,and similar releases.
00 5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final
Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and
similar final record information.
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner.
" Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel
of changeover in security provisions.
on
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Closeout Procedures-01770
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
7. Return elements of construction and.•surface§Ittiat=are to remain to condition existing before
selective demolition operations began.
B. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during
selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected
storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after
selective demolition operations are complete.
C. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch at junctures with
construction to remain, using power-driven saw. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of
areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete indicated for selective
demolition. Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated.
D. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at
regular intervals,using power-driven saw,then remove concrete between saw cuts.
E. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using
"" power-driven saw,then remove masonry between saw cuts.
F. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished,then break up and remove.
G. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than can be covered in one day by new roofing. Refer to
applicable Division 7 Section for new roofing requirements.
H. Air-Conditioning Equipment: Remove equipment without releasing refrigerants.
ever 3.6 PATCHING AND REPAIRS
A. General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective demolition operations.
wo B. Patching: Comply with Division 1 Section"Cutting and Patching."
3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate
on-site.
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
* " C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
s.w 3.8 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE
A. Existing Items to be Removed and Salvaged and Retained for Owner Use:
1. Gazebo structure.
END OF SECTION 01732
ow
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Selective Demolition-01732
EGA,P.C. Page 6 of 6
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
IQ
PW
D. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection.: of existing building and
construction, in progress and completed, from exposure,foul weather, other construction operations, and
similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide insulated
temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing
requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.
E. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and
dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise.
F. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring,bracing, or structural support to
preserve stability and prevent movement,settlement,or collapse of construction to remain,and to prevent
unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.
1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.
Im
3.4 POLLUTION CONTROLS
,ew A. Dust Control: Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust
and dirt. Comply with governing environmental-protection regulations.
I. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable
conditions,such as ice,flooding,and pollution.
2. Wet mop floors to eliminate trackable dirt and wipe down walls and doors of demolition
enclosure. Vacuum carpeted areas.
w
B. Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and
areas.
C. Cleaning: Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations
began.
A4t
3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and
as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and
as follows:
go
1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting
methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools
M or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding,not hammering and chopping,to minimize
disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing
finished surfaces.
go 3. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly
dispose of off-site.
4. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and
to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
5. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose
excessive loads on supporting walls,floors,or framing.
6. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Selective Demolition-01732
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 6
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and. . .
salvaged.
D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or
design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a
written report to Architect.
E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.
3.2 UTILITY SERVICES
A. Existing Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during
selective demolition operations.
B. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by
Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing
No utilities,as acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Provide at least 72 hours'notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover.
no
C. Utility Requirements: Locate,identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving areas to
be selectively demolished.
no 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.
2. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with
selective demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass area of selective demolition and that
to maintain continuity of service to other parts of building.
3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal
remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.
D. Utility Requirements: Refer to Division 15 and 16 Sections for shutting off, disconnecting, removing,
and sealing or capping utilities. Do not start selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and
sealing have been completed and verified in writing.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Pest Control: Employ a certified, licensed exterminator to treat building and to control rodents and
vermin before and during selective demolition operations.
B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to
ensure minimum interference with roads,streets,walks,walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used
facilities.
C. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to
people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and
from occupied portions of building.
2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing
construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to
structure and interior areas.
3. Protect walls,ceilings,floors,and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed
during selective demolition operations.
wR
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Selective Demolition-01732
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 6
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
f
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct
selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours'notice to
4" Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations.
B. Maintain access to existing walkways,corridors,and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
�* 1. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written
permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
0" C. Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished.
1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far
as practical.
I'M 2. Before selective demolition,Owner will remove the following items:
D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.
w.
1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;
immediately notify Architect and Owner.
on E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.
F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage
„1„ during selective demolition operations.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials that
visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials.
w0 B. Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual Specification Sections.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
w
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective
demolition required.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Selective Demolition-01732
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 6
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
ws
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to
remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed
from Project site.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:
1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for
each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted.
2. Interruption of utility services.
3. Coordination for shutoff,capping,and continuation of utility services.
4. Locations of temporary partitions and means of egress.
5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's
partial occupancy of completed Work.
�. B. Pre-demolition Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site
improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective
demolition operations. Submit before Work begins.
go
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
■. A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in
material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning
selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.
D. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 1 Section"Project Management and Coordination."
E. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to
selective demolition including,but not limited to,the following:
1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.
2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure.
3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition
personnel,equipment,and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by
on selective demolition operations.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Selective Demolition-01732
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 6
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
40
on
SECTION 01732-SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
„ 1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building or structure.
2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
3. Repair procedures for selective demolition operations.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section"Summary”for use of the premises and phasing requirements.
2. Division I Section "Work Restrictions" for restrictions on use of the premises due to Owner or
tenant occupancy.
3. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation" for preconstruction photographs taken before
selective demolition.
4. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and
environmental-protection measures for selective demolition operations.
5. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures for selective
demolition operations.
6. Division 2 Section 'Building Demolition" for demolition of entire buildings, structures, and site
improvements.
7. Division 15 Sections for demolishing,cutting,patching,or relocating mechanical items.
8. Division 16 Sections for demolishing,cutting,patching,or relocating electrical items.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site,unless indicated
to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner ready for
reuse.
C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall
them where indicated.
D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise
indicated to be removed,removed and salvaged,or removed and reinstalled,
so Rockridge—Northampton,MA Selective Demolition-01732
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 6
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
-2.. .._...Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into
retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and
refinishing.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into
another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of
uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and
replace with new materials,if necessary,to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface,apply primer and intermediate paint coats over
the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch.
g, Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.
4. Ceilings: Patch,repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface
of uniform appearance.
0 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a
weathertight condition.
END OF SECTION 01731
a�
w�
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Cutting and Patching-01731
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 4
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are- to be
performed.
1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including
compatibility with existing finishes or primers.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
so
3.2 PREPARATION
on A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide
40 protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting
and patching operations.
C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to
40 adjoining areas.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at
the earliest feasible time,and complete without delay.
�w
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other
construction,and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
on B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar
operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining
construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original
an Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and
ow chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum
disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core
am drill.
4. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
40 C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations
following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible.
Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these
Specifications.
on
1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate
integrity of installation.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Cutting and Patching-01731
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 4
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
on
7. Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and
patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of
unsatisfactory work.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-
carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.
PM B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch the following operating elements and related components in
a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased
maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
ift 1. Primary operational systems and equipment.
2. Air or smoke barriers.
3. Fire-protection systems.
00 4. Control systems.
5. Communication systems.
6. Conveying systems.
w 7. Electrical wiring systems.
C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner
that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as
intended,or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
1. Water,moisture,or vapor barriers.
2. Membranes and flashings.
3. Equipment supports.
4. Piping,ductwork,vessels,and equipment.
5. Noise-and vibration-control elements and systems.
40
D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of
cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in
on a manner that would,in Architect's opinion,reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace
construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
so PART 2-PRODUCTS
4W 2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.
on B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces,use materials that
visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
ON 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will
match the visual and functional performance of existing materials.
so
No
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Cutting and Patching-01731
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 4
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
SECTION 01731 -CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS -
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 7 Section"Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for patching fire-rated construction.
2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and
patching individual parts of the Work.
a. Requirements in this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Design/build
contractors are responsible for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and
patching mechanical and electrical installations.
a�w
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work.
B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of
other Work.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
so A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before the time
cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the following
information:
4M
1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching,show how they will be performed, and indicate why they
cannot be avoided.
w 2. Changes to Existing Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural
elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance and other
significant visual elements.
3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.
4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that
will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long service will
be disrupted.
' ' 6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to structural
elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with
original structure.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Cutting and Patching-01731
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 4
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
19- '-CORR-DtTION OF THE WORK .._ :.._._.;u.
A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply
with requirements in Division 1 Section"Cutting and Patching."
1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with
matching materials,and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without
visible evidence of repair.
D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot
be repaired.
E. Remove and replace chipped,scratched,and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
ww
END OF SECTION 01700
�w
w
uw
40
"M
4M
go
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Execution Requirements-01700
Page 6 of 6
EGA,P.C.
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8103
ow
�w
■w
D. Installed Work: Keep—installed—work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of
manufacturer or fabricator of product installed,using only cleaning materials specifically recommended.
If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to
health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
an G. Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely
remove paint,mortar,oils,putty,and similar materials.
40 1. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing
materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
H. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste
materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
1. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials
already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or
deterioration at Substantial Completion.
J. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the
remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability
without damaging effects.
K. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction,
completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure
during the construction period.
3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units,
replace with new units,and retest.
B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper
' ' operation.
C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace
on damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to inspect field-
assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in Division 1
Section"Quality Requirements."
3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
w
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Execution Requirements-01700
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 6
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
3.5 INSTALLATION -
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately,in correct alignment and elevation,as
indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited,install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease
-of removal-for replacement. -
3. Conceal pipes,ducts,and wiring in finished areas,unless otherwise indicated.
ww B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in
applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain
conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in
excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.
F. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in
place,accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights
directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
w
G. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange
joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
H. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered
hazardous.
3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where
more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.
40 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperature is
expected to rise above 80 deg F(27 deg Q.
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark
containers appropriately and dispose of legally,according to regulations.
WS
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
4W C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper
execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work,broom-clean or vacuum the entire work
area,as appropriate.
±w
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Execution Requirements-01700
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 6
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
B. General: Engage a professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and
r elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required
dimensions.
3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
Mw 4. Check the location, level and plumb,of.every major element as the Work progresses.
5. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances.
6. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by
0" authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements,grading,fill and topsoil
placement,utility slopes,and invert elevations.
D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building
foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work.
w Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and
piers from two or more locations.
a� E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels.
Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each
survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by
Architect.
3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks,control points,and property corners.
B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points
before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during
construction operations.
1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of
Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the
need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding.
2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements
on the original survey control points.
C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site,
referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for
type and size of benchmark.
1. Record benchmark locations,with horizontal and vertical data,on Project Record Documents.
2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary
reference points sufficient to locate the Work.
3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its
40 original condition.
D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls,major site improvements,and other work requiring
field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and
1en elevations of construction and sitework.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Execution Requirements-01700
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 6
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates,areas,and conditions,with Installer or Applicator preE nt
where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions
affecting performance. Record observations.
1. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work
is required by other Sections,include the following:
a. Description of the Work.
b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.
C. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.
d. Recommended corrections.
2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing
finishes or primers.
3. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
connections before equipment and fixture installation.
4. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be
installed.
5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding
with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
g' A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utilities and Owner that is necessary to adjust,
move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances
located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other
construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication.
Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on
Drawings.
D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for
clarification of the Contract Documents,submit a request for information to Architect. Include a detailed
description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract
Documents.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in
relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered,notify Architect
promptly.
oft
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Execution Requirements-01700
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 6
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
SECTION 01700-EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOLT JMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
40 1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but
not limited to,the following:
w.
1. Construction layout.
2. Field engineering and surveying.
3. General installation of products.
4. Progress cleaning.
5. Starting and adjusting.
6. Protection of installed construction.
7. Correction of the Work.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for procedures for coordinating field
engineering with other construction activities.
2. Division 1 Section"Submittal Procedures"for submitting surveys.
3. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements for cutting and patching
necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work.
4. Division 1 Section"Closeout Procedures"for submitting final property survey with Project Record
Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final
cleaning.
40 1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer or land surveyor to demonstrate their capabilities and
to experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses,names and addresses of
architects and owners,and other information specified.
B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by professional engineer or land surveyor certifying that location
4" and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.
C. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by professional engineer or land surveyor.
�Arr
PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used)
a+.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Execution Requirements-01700
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 6
10/8/03
EGA Project No.: 10213
4. Proposed change in Contract Sum
ON
Credit to Owner$ Additional cost to Owner
on 5. Proposed change in Contract Time
Reduce/Increase Contract Time by—days.
6. Effect of the proposed substitution on other parts of the work,or on other contracts.
ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND ACTION
() Provide more information in the following categories;and Resubmit.
on
4M
+, () The proposed substitution is approved,with the following conditions:
The following changes will be made by Change Order:
Addition to/deduction from the Contract Sum $
Addition to/deduction from the Contract Time days
Date EGA,P.C.
4
qft Rockridge-Northampton,MA Product Substitution Form-01631
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 2
EGA Project No.: 10213 1018/03
..
SECTION 01631—SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
PROJECT: Rockridge
OWNER: New England Deaconess Association.,,..
TO ARCHITECT: EGA,P.C.
12 Auburn Street
Newburyport,MA 01950
FROM CONTRACTOR:
+� CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST,WITH SUPPORTING DATA
1. Section of the Specifications to which this request applies:
Product data for proposed
substitution is attached:Description of product,reference standards,performance and test data.
Sample is attached_
on
Sample will be sent if requested by Architect
on 2. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product specified is attached.
ORIGINAL PRODUCT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION
Name,brand
Catalog No.
Manufacturer
Significant variations of proposed substitutions from original product:
40
3. Unit costs of original product and proposed substitution. State whether cost is for
material only( ),or,material installed( ).
Original product$ per Substitution$ per
�s
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Product Substitution Form-01631
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 2
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
2.3 PRODUCTS
A. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other
required submittals,to obtain approval of an unnamed product:
1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated
~" results,and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. . ,
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the
Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size,
on durability,visual effect,and specific features and requirements indicated.
3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names
and addresses of architects and owners,if requested.
5. Samples,if requested.
PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01600
w
ww
Product Requirements-01600
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Page 6 of 6
EGA,P.C. 1018/03
EGA Project No.: 10213
sm
.wn
.w
.wR
2. Manufacturer/Source: Where-Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturer" or
"Source"name single manufacturers or sources,provide a product by the manufacturer or from the
source named that complies with requirements.
a. Substitutions may be considered,unless otherwise indicated.
3. Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" introduce a list of
names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with
requirements.
rr a. Substitutions may be considered,unless otherwise indicated.
4. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers"
introduce a list of manufacturers'names,provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that
complies with requirements.
a. Substitutions may be considered,unless otherwise indicated.
5. Basis-of-Design Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis-of-
Design Products" are included and also introduce or refer to a list of manufacturers' names,
provide either the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other named
manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other
characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with provisions in "Comparable
Products"Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.
a. Substitutions may be considered,unless otherwise indicated.
�w 6. Allowances: Refer to individual Specification Sections and"Allowance" provisions in Division 1
for allowances that control product selection and for procedures required for processing such
selections.
2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the Notice to
Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect.
B. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions
are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action,
except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
1. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost,time, energy conservation, or
other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's
additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation
services,increased cost of other construction by Owner,and similar considerations.
2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated
results.
4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
5. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
6. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Product Requirements-01600
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 6
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
4m
am
,..
r.r
00
uw
aw
am
B. Storage: Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project•site for:storage of materials and equipment by
Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.
1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties
required by the--Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties
do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification,ready
for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.
1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly
executed.
2. Specified Form: Forms are included with the Specifications. Prepare a written document using
appropriate form properly executed.
3. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular
requirements for submitting special warranties.
w C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are
undamaged,and unless otherwise indicated,that are new at time of installation.
1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a
complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified,
provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar
situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with
40 requirements of the Contract Documents.
4. Where products are accompanied by the term"as selected,"Architect will make selection.
5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is
Architect's.
so 6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish
"salient characteristics"of products.
7. Or Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal" or"or
am approved equal" or "or approved," comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to
obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.
B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following:
1. Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Product"name a single product
and manufacturer,provide the product named.
a. Substitutions may be considered,unless otherwise indicated.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Product Requirements-01600
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 6
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
oft
.w
on
an
on
ow
,o
go
No
am
ow
..
aw
.Vk
h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in,effect for-Project,
from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
on i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution
with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If
specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time,
include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability
or delays in delivery.
J. Cost information,including a proposal of change,if any,in the Contract Sum-
k.k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the
Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated.
'00 1. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become
necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.
,0 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation
for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify
Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request,
no or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation,whichever is later.
a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order.
b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed substitution
within time allocated.
C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section
"Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
ow
A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for
use on Project,product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously
w
selected products were also options.
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver,store,and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,deterioration,and
loss,including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of
construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are
flammable,hazardous,easily damaged,or sensitive to deterioration,theft,and other losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed
container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing,
unpacking,protecting,and installing.
ww 4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that
products are undamaged and properly protected.
5. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
6. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
7. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure
above ground,with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
8. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation,
and weather-protection requirements for storage.
9. Protect stored products from damage.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Product Requirements-01600
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 6
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
Oft
Von
w
so
so
am
NO
r
W^
.m
D.- Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer fora
particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.
E. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to
extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Include generic names of
' products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each product.
1. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule.
06 2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings:
a. Specification Section number and title.
b. Generic name used in the Contract Documents.
C. Proprietary name,model number,and similar designations.
d. Manufacturer's name and address.
e. Supplier's name and address.
f. Installer's name and address.
g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period.
h. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery date.
3. Initial Submittal: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of
completed product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from
Contract requirements.
t . . 4. Architect's Action: Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 15 days of receipt of
completed product list. Architect's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections
and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect's response, or lack of response, does
not constitute a waiver of requirement that products comply with the Contract Documents.
B. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or
fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and
Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided at end of Section.
2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as
applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided.
+!�* b. Coordination information,including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts
of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be
necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
C. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the
Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight,
size,durability,visual effect,and specific features and requirements indicated.
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and
installation procedures.
e. Samples,where applicable or requested.
f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and
names and addresses of architects and owners.
g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results
for compliance with requirements indicated.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Product Requirements-01600
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 6
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
wm
w
40
mm
Now
up
ow
ow
ow
ow
.o.
No
SECTION 01600-PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
i:l RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements: selection of products for
use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products;
special warranties;product substitutions;and comparable products.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section"Allowances"for products selected under an allowance.
2. Division 1 Section"Alternates"for products selected under an alternate.
3. Division 1 Section"References"for applicable industry standards for products specified.
4. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures"for submitting warranties for contract closeout.
5. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and
installations specified to be warranted.
40
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work,whether purchased for Project or taken from
previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system,"
and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model
number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is
current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility.
Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or
where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function,
dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that
equal or exceed those of specified product.
B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those
required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and
accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to
establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical
properties,appearance,and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other
named manufacturers.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Product Requirements-01600
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 6
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
ow
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, doolirig,humidity control, ventilation, and
similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid
possibility of damage.
2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from
damage during excavation operations.
C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Except for using permanent fire protections as soon as available,do not
change over-from using temporary, security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until
Substantial Completion.
D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended,when it
has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion.
Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of
interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace
construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor. Owner
reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction
period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division l Section"Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 01500
IMr
no
am
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Temporary Facilities and Controls-01500
EGA,P.C. Page 9 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
D. Pest Control: Before deep foundation work has been completed, retain a local exterminator or pest-
control company to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and
other pests. Engage this pest-control service to perform extermination and control procedures at regular
intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Obtain extended
warranty for Owner. Perform control operations lawfully,using environmentally safe materials.
E. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Not used. —
F. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erecting
structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform
personnel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including
flashing red or amber lights.
06
1. For safety barriers,sidewalk bridges,and similar uses,provide minimum 5/8-inch-(16-mm-)thick
exterior plywood.
G. Temporary DFire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are su pp lied by permanent facilities, install and
maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and
controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241.
1. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible from
space being served,with sign mounted above.
a. Field Offices: Class A stored-pressure water-type extinguishers.
b. Other Locations: Class ABC dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers
of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures.
C. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose;
provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell.
2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.
3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire-protection
facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire-
exposure areas.
4. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of
fire ignition.
5. Permanent Fire Protection: At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation
of permanent fire-protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and
use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities.
6. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection program for
personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be
followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.
H. Safety Enclosure Fence: Provide 5'-0" High Orange. Plastic fabric at areas around new construction
where directed by Owner.
3.5 OPERATION,TERMINATION,AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse,limit
availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
ON
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage caused
by freezing temperatures and similar elements.
so
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Temporary Facilities and Controls-01500
EGA,P.C. Page 8 of 9
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
D. Proj ct Identitacation and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification sign (4' x 8' x V) and other
directional signs (1' x 3' x 3/a"). Install signs where indicated to inform public and persons seeking
entrance to Project. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs.
1. Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics for Project identification signs.
2. Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors.
3. Construct signs of exterior-type Grade B-B high-density concrete form overlay plywood in sizes
and thicknesses indicated. Support on posts or framing of preservative-treated wood or steel.
4. Paint sign panel and applied graphics with exterior-grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior primer.
E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from
construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste
materials separately from other waste. Comply with Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for
progress cleaning requirements.
1. If required by authorities having jurisdiction,provide separate containers, clearly labeled, for each
type of waste material to be deposited.
F. Janitorial Services: Provide janitorial services on a daily basis for temporary offices, first-aid stations,
toilets,wash facilities,lunchrooms,and similar areas.
G. Common-Use Field Office: Provide an insulated, weathertight, air-conditioned field office for use as a
common facility by all personnel engaged in construction activities; of sufficient size to accommodate
required office personnel and meetings of 10 persons at Project site. Keep office clean and orderly.
1. Furnish and equip offices as required for its appropriate use.
2. Provide resilient floor covering and painted gypsum wallboard walls and acoustical ceiling.
Provide operable windows with adjustable blinds and insect screens.
3. Provide an electric heater with thermostat capable of maintaining a uniform indoor temperature of
68 deg F (20 deg Q. Provide an air-conditioning unit capable of maintaining an indoor
temperature of 72 deg F(23 deg C).
4. Provide fluorescent light fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc(215 Ix)at
desk height. Provide 110- to 120-V duplex outlets spaced at not more than 12-foot (4-m)
intervals, 1 per wall in each room.
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in
ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air,
waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and
r equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that
will minimize complaints from persons or firms near Project site.
B. Stormwater Control: Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and
subgrade construction,sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.
C. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements in Division 2 Section "Tree Protection and
Trimming."
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Temporary Facilities and Controls-01500
EGA,P.C. Page 7 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
1. Provide additional-telephone jineal r_the following:
a. In field office with more than two occupants, install a telephone for each additional
"M occupant or pair of occupants.
b. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer with modem
in each field office.
2. At each telephone,pcst a list of important telephone numbers.
a. Police and fire departments.
no b. Ambulance service.
C. Contractor's home office.
d. Architect's office.
e. Principal subcontractors'field and home offices.
3. Provide voice-mail service on superintendent's telephone.
4. Furnish superintendent with portable two-way radio for use when away from field office.
m•
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
rAw
A. General: Comply with the following:
1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction and
support facilities for easy access.
2. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area
or within 30 feet(9 m)of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241.
3. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial
Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
permanent facilities,under conditions acceptable to Owner.
B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate
to support loads and to withstand exposure to traffic during construction period. Locate temporary roads
and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Extend temporary roads and
paved areas,within construction limits indicated,as necessary for construction operations.
1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas.
2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas according to
Division 2 Section"Earthwork."
3. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before
Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final
on course according to Division 2 Section"Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving."
C. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections for
temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated with construction
activities included in individual Sections. Where feasible, use same facilities. Maintain Project site,
excavations,and construction free of water.
go 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful in that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining
property nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2. Before connection and operation of permanent drainage piping system, provide temporary
drainage where roofing or similar waterproof deck construction is completed.
3. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
s
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Temporary Facilities and Controls-01500
EGA,P.C. Page b of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
RON 11 ,
1. Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper.:.towels,:.pVer cups, and similar disposable
materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste containers for
disposal of used material.
we 2. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy.
3. Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient locations for
personnel who handle materials that require wash up. Dispose of drainage properly. Supply
cleaning compounds appropriate for each type of material handled.
a. Provide safety showers, eyewash fountains, and similar facilities for convenience, safety,
and sanitation of personnel,if,and,as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Locate toilets and drinking-water fixtures so personnel need not walk excessively to reach
facilities.
E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for
curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of
low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful
aw effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
1. Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 deg F (10 deg C) in permanently enclosed portions of
building for normal construction activities, and 65 deg F (18.3 deg C) for finishing activities and
areas where finished Work has been installed.
F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for
curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of
high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful effect on completed
installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient
condition required and minimize energy consumption.
G. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system
of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters,
40 transformers, overload-protected disconnecting means, automatic ground-fault interrupters, and main
distribution switchgear.
1. Install electric power service underground,unless overhead service must be used.
2. Install power distribution wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to damage.
H. Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and equipment.
ON
1. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if single
lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe
length-voltage ratio.
I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for
construction operations and traffic conditions.
1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without
operating entire system.
2. Install exterior-yard site lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction
operations,traffic conditions,and signage visibility when the Work is being performed.
J. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for common-use
facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities. Install separate telephone line for each
field office and first-aid station.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Temporary Facilities and Controls-01500
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
E. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide vented, self-
contained,liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.
,o 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is
prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction,and marked for intended use for type of fuel being consumed.
i. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of I10- to 120-V
plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot
w■ light.
G. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance,wiring
circuits,not exceeding 125-V ac,20-A rating,and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with
performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do
not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent
facilities.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing
service. Where utility company provides only part of the service,provide the remainder with matching,
compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations.
1. Arrange with utility company,Owner,and existing users for time when service can be interrupted,
if necessary,to make connections for temporary services.
2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is available,
provide trucked-in services.
3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to Project site where Owner's easements cannot be
used for that purpose.
B. Sewers and Drainage:Provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off-site in a lawful manner.
C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for
construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before use.
1. Provide rubber hoses as necessary to serve Project site.
2. As soon as water is required at each level, extend service to form a temporary water- and fire-
protection standpipe. Provide distribution piping. Space outlets so water can be reached with a
100-foot(30-m)hose. Provide one hose at each outlet.
4" D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets,wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. Comply with
regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and
facilities.
40
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Temporary Facilities and Controls-01500
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use of
temporary service to use of permanent service.
04
1. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume,
responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use
as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned
!*"�! responsibilities.
B. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all
40 parties engaged in the Work:
1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat.
2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work.
am
PART 2-PRODUCTS
MR
2.1 MATERIALS
40 A. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged,previously used materials in serviceable condition may be
used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use intended.
+m B. Pavement: Comply with Division 2 Section"Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving."
C. Water: Potable.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended.
I. Field Offices: Mobile units with lockable entrances, operable windows, and serviceable finishes;
w heated and air conditioned;on foundations adequate for normal loading.
B. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried,portable,UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as indicated
or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures.
an
1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification,extinguishing agent,and size required by
location and class of fire exposure.
on
C. Self-Contained Toilet Units: Single-occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion
type;vented;fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.
D. Drinking-Water Fixtures: Bottled-water drinking-water units,including paper cup supply.
1. Where power is accessible,provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water temperature
at 45 to 55 deg F(7.2 to 12.7 deg C).
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Temporary Facilities and Controls-01500
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
.. 3. Division 2 Section"Dewatering"for disposal of ground water at Project site.
4. Division 2 Section"Termite Control"for pest control.
5. Division 2 Section "Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving" for construction and maintenance of asphalt paving
for temporary roads and paved areas.
6. Divisions 2 through 16 for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity requirements for products in
those Sections.
OR
1.3 USE CHARGES
go A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect and shall
be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without
cost,including,but not limited to,the following:
on 1. Owner's construction forces.
2. Occupants of Project.
3. Architect.
on 4. Architect's consultants.
5. Testing agencies.
6. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction.
Im
B. Sewer Service: Use owners existing sewer without payment of use charges. Contractor will not have
access to existing sanitary facilities.
40 C. Water Service: Use water from Owner's existing water system without metering and without payment of
use charges.
w D. Electric Power Service: Use electric powers from Owner's existing system without metering and without
payment of use charges.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Temporary Utility Reports: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar procedures
performed on temporary utilities.
B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for submittal of
Contractor's Construction Schedule,submit a schedule indicating implementation and termination of each
OW temporary utility.
on 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6,NECA's"Temporary Electrical Facilities,"and NFPA 241.
we 1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities
are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions.
2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA,NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary r electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary
w
utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
4"
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Temporary Facilities and Controls-01500
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
w.
w.
SECTION 01500-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Im other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
40 1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary utilities,
support facilities,and security and protection facilities.
ow
B. Temporary utilities include,but are not limited to,the following:
ww 1. Sewers and drainage.
2. Water service and distribution.
3. Sanitary facilities,including toilets,wash facilities,and drinking-water facilities.
w
4. Heating and cooling facilities.
5. Ventilation.
6. Electric power service.
7. Lighting.
8. Telephone service.
C. Support facilities include,but are not limited to,the following:
40 1. Temporary roads and paving.
2. Dewatering facilities and drains.
3. Project identification and temporary signs.
es. 4. Waste disposal facilities.
5. Field offices.
6. Lifts and hoists.
wR
7. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.
D. Security and protection facilities include,but are not limited to,the following:
w 1. Environmental protection.
2. Stormwater control.
3. Tree and plant protection.
4. Pest control.
go 5. Security enclosure and lockup.
6. Barricades,warning signs,and lights.
7. Fire protection.
8. Safety enclosure fence.
E. Related Sections include the following:
+nw
1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting copies of implementation
and termination schedule and utility reports.
2. Division 1 Section"Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Temporary Facilities and Controls-01500
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 9
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
E. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names,
•+ telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-
to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
CAPUC (See CPUC)
CBHF State of California,Department of Consumer Affairs (800)952-Jz i0
Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation (916)445-1254
s www.dca.ca.gov/bhfti
CPUC California Public Utilities Commission (415)703-2782
www.cpuc.ca.gov
TFS Texas Forest Service (936)639-8180
Forest Products Laboratory
no //txforestservice.tamu.edu
PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01420
ewi
an
so
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 16 of 16
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
ON
a�
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800)638-2772
www.cpsc.gov (301)504-0990
DOC Department of Commerce (202)482-2000
www.doe.gov
EPA Environmental Protection Agency _- (202)260-2090
www.epa.gov
FAA Federal Aviation Administration (202)366-4000
www.faa.gov
FCC Federal Communications Commission (202)418-0190
www.fee.gov
FDA Food and Drug Administration (888)463-6332
www.fda.gov
GSA General Services Administration (202)708-5082
www.gsa.gov
HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202)708-1112
www.bud.gov
LBL Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory
(See LBNL)
qW LBNL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510)486-5605
www.lbl.gov
so NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program
(See TRB)
ra
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301)975-6478
www.nist.gov
OSHA Occupational Safety&Health Administration (202)693-1999
ON www.osha.gov
RUS Rural Utilities Service (202)720-9540
(See USDA)
TRB Transportation Research Board (202)334-2934
www.nas.edu/trb
e�w
USDA Department of Agriculture (202)720-2791
www.usda.gov
40 USPS Postal Service (202)268-2000
www.usps.com
on
so
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 15 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
as
so
a�.
WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association (800) 506-4653
(Formerly: AWCMA-American Window Covering (212)661-4261
no Manufacturers Association)
www.windowcoverings.org
me WDMA Window&Door Manufacturers Association (800)223-2301
(Formerly: NWWDA-National Wood Window and (847)299-5200
Door Association)
www.wdma.com
WIC Woodwork Institute of California (916)372-9943
www.wicnet.org
WMMPA Wood Moulding&Millwork Producers Association (800)550-7889
www.wmmpa.com (530)661-9591
WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930
www.wwpa.org
C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract
Documents they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names,telephone
numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as
of the date of the Contract Documents.
BOCA BOCA International,Inc. (708)799-2300
www.bocai.org
CABO Council of American Building Officials
(See ICC)
s IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical (909)595-8449
Officials(The)
www.iapmo.org
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials (800)284-4406
www.icbo.org (562)699-0541
a ICC International Code Council (703)931-4533
(Formerly: CABO-Council of American Building
Officials)
ow
www.inticode.org
SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International,Inc. (205)591-1853
www.sbcci.org
D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names,
telephone numbers,and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-
'" to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
CE Army Corps of Engineers
www.usace.army.mil
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 14 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
w.
SSIN A Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355
www.ssina.com (202)342-8630
SSMA Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (312)456-5590
(Formerly: ML/SFA-Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association)
www.ssma.com
SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (800) 837-5303
www.sspe.org (412)281-2331
pw STI Steel Tank Institute (847)438-8265
www.steeltank.com
SWI Steel Window Institute (216)241-7333
www.steelwindows.com
SWRI Sealant,Waterproofing,and Restoration Institute (816)472-7974
www.swrionline.org
TCA Tile Council of America,Inc. (864)646-8453
w
www.tileusa.com
TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries (703)907-7700
Alliance
0" www.tiaonline.org
TPI Truss Plate Institute (608)833-5900
TPI Turfgrass Producers International (800)405-8873
www.turfgrasssod.org (847)705-9898
UFAC Upholstered Furniture Action Council (336) 885-5065
www.ufac.org
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (800) 704-4050
www.ul.com (847)272-8800
UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972)243-3902
r www.uni-bell.org
USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology,Inc. (800)938-7488
www.culturenet.ca/usitt (315)463-6463
USP U.S.Pharmacopeia (800) 822-8772
www.usp.org (301) 881-0666
�w
WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800)424-2869
www.wastec.org (202)244-4700
WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800)283-1486
www.wclib.org (503) 639-0651
NO
4W
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 13 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
OR
up
RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute
(Contact by mail only)
"M RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888)225-7339
www.calredwood.org (415)382-0662
RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association (800)220-7620
ww .rma.org (202)682-4800
SAE SAE International (724)776-4841
www.sae.org
SDI Steel Deck Institute (847)462-1930
w www.sdi.org
SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010
www.steeldoor.org
SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (843)689-6878
www.sefalabfum.com
rs
SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315)646-2234
www.sgcc.org
SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (312)644-6610
www.sigmaonline.org/sigma
SJI Steel Joist Institute (843)626-1995
www.steeljoist.org
SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561)533-0991
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703)803-2980
National Association
ws www.smacna.org
SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154
(Formerly: SPI/SPFD-The Society of the Plastics Industry,Inc.;
u"r Spray Polyurethane Foam Division)
www.sprayfoam.org
SPI The Society of the Plastics Industry (202)974-5200
www.plasticsindustry.org
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau(The) (850)434-2611
w" www.spib.org
SPI/SPFD The Society of the Plastics Industry
Spray Polyurethane Foam Division
(See SPFA)
SPRI SPRI (781)444-0242
(Single Ply Roofing Institute)
www.spri.org
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 12 of 16
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
NGA National Glass Association (703)442-4890
www.glass.org
ON
NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800)933?0318
www.natlhardwood.org (901)377-1818
r 524-2393
IvLvA Natrona,Lumber Grad=�s:��ail',u.-'ity (604
www.niga.org
no NOFMA — National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association (901)526-5016
www.nofma.org
an NPA National Particleboard Association
(See CPA)
NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800)323-9545
on www.nrea.net (847)299-9070
NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888)846-7622
am www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400
NSA National Stone Association (800) 342-1415
www.aggregates.org (703) 525-8788
40
NSF NSF International (800)673-6275
(National Sanitation Foundation International) (734)769-8010
me www.nsf.org
NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association,Inc. (800)323-9736
www.ntma.com (703)779-1022
on
NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association
(See WDMA)
"" 312
PCI PrecastlPrestressed Concrete Institute ( )786-0300
www.pci.org
so PDCA Painting and Decorating Contractors of America (800)332-7322
www.pdca.com (703)359-0826
PDI Plumbing&Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956
www.pdionline.org (50 )
"" 8 230-3516
PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217)333-3929
40 //pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu
PIMA Photographic&Imaging Manufacturers Association (914)698-7603
40 (Formerly: NAPM-National Association of
Photographic Manufacturers)
www.pima.net
RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800)644-2400
www.boltcouncil.org (312)670-2400
e
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 11 of 16
10/8103
EGA Project No.: 10213
"M
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and - (703)281-6613
Fittings Industry Inc.
www.mss-hq.com
�w
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312)332-0405
www.naamm.org
�s
NAAMM North American Association of Mirror Main cell urc a€
(See GANA)
40 NACE NACE International (281)228-6200
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International)
www.nace.org
NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703)684-0084
(The)
www.naima.org
NAMI National Accreditation and Management Institute,Inc. (304)258-5100
NAPM National Association of Photographic Manufacturers
(See PIMA)
NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association,Inc. (800)557-2848
www.nbgga.com
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703)713-1900
w www.ncma.org
NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (414)248-9094
www.nfpi.org
NCTA National Cable Television Association (202)775-3669
www.ncta.com
NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698
www.nebb.org
on NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301)657-3110
www.necanet.org
NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers'Association (207) 829-6901
www.nelma.org
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703)841-3200
+ www.nema.org
NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association (303)697-8441
Ow www.netaworld.org
NFPA National Fire Protection Association (800) 344-3555
www.nfpa.org (617)770-3000
NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301)589-6372
www.nfrc.org
on
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 10 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
wo
IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315)646-2234
www.igcc.org
viler
ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America,Inc. (812)275-4426
www.iliai.com
IiI Industrial Risk Insurers - (°"0:i 213T1308
www.industrialrisk.com (860)520?7300
no, ITS Intertek Testing Services (800)345-3851
www.itsglobal.com (607)753-6711
IWS Insect Screening Weavers Association
(Now defunct)
KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703)264-1690
www.kcma.org
LGSI Light Gage Structural Institute (972)370-0967
www.loseke.com
LMA Laminating Materials Association (201)664-2700
(Formerly: ALA-American Laminators Association)
on www.lma.org
LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800)488-6864
www.lightning.org (847) 577-7200
LSGA Laminated Safety Glass Association
(See GANA)
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216)241-7333
www.mbma.com
MCA Metal Construction Association (312)201-0193
www.metalconstruction.org
on MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association (847)480-9138
www.maplefloor.org
NO MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312)644-6610
MGPHO Medical Gas Professional Healthcare Organization,Inc. (877)238-5157
www.mgpho.org (913)681-6548
Vw
MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800)345-1815
www.mhia.org (704)676-1190
MIA Marble Institute of America (614)228-6194
www.marble-institute.com
MUSFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association
(See SSMA)
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 9 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
a�w
FM Factory Mutual System
(See FMG)
me FMG FM Global (401)275-3000
(Formerly: FM-Factory Mutual System)
www.fmglobal.com
sw GA Gypsum Association (202)289-5440
www.gypsum.org
40 GANA Glass Association of North America (785)271-0208
(Formerly: FGMA-Flat Glass Marketing Association)
www.glasswebsite.com/gana
GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute (215) 895-2343
www.drexel.edu/gri
GTA Glass Tempering Division of Glass Association of
North America
(See GANA)
888
HI Hydraulic Institute ( )786-7744
www.pumps.org (973)267-9700
astr HI Hydronics Institute (908)464-8200
www.gamanct.org
HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association
(See NAAMM)
HPVA Hardwood Plywood&Veneer Association (703)435-2900
00 www.hpva.org
HPW H.P.White Laboratory,Inc. (410)838-6550
nw
www.hpwhite.com
IAS International Approval Services
(See CSA International)
on ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association,Inc. (508) 394-4424
www.icea.net
ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute(The) (703)450-0116
www.icri.org
�w IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 4122 919 02 11
www.iec.ch
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,Inc.(The) (212)419-7900
www.ieee.org
IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212)248-5000
www.iesna.org
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 8 of 16
10/8/03
EGA Project No.: 10213
CISCA Ceilings&Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919
www.cisca.org
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137
www.cispi.org
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583
www.chainlinkinf j.nr
CPA Composite Panel Association (301)670-0604
OR (Formerly: National Particleboard Association)
www.pbmdf.com
.� CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800)510-2772
www.eppa-info.org (202)462-9607
CRI Carpet&Rug Institute(The) (800) 882-8846
00 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847)517-1200
www.crsi.org
CSA CSA International (800)463-6727
(Formerly: IAS-International Approval Services) (416) 747-4000
www.csa-intemational.org
CSI Construction Specifications Institute(The) (800)689-2900
w. www.csinet.org (703)684-0300
CSSB Cedar Shake&Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700
www.cedarbureau.org
CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281)583-4087
(Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute)
ON www.cti.org
DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703)222-2010
www.dhi.org
EIA/TIA Electronic Industries Alliance/Telecommunications Industry (703)907-7500
Association
www.eia.org
EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800)294-3462
www.eifsfacts.com (770)968-7945
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association,Inc. (914)332-0040
www.ejma.org
FCI Fluid Controls Institute (216)241-7333
www.fluideontrolsinstitute.org
FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association
(See GANA)
OK
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 7 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
on
AWCI AWCI International (703)534-8300
(Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries International)
www.awci.org
AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association
(See WCMA)
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800)449-8811
www.awinet.org (703)733-0600
AWPA American Wood-Preservers'Association (817)326-6300
www.awpa.com
an AWS American Welding Society (800)443-9353
www.aws.org (305)443-9353
ON AWWA American Water Works Association (800)926-7337
www.awwa.org (303)794-7711
ON BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212)297-2122
www.buildershardware.com
BIA Brick Industry Association(The) (703)620-0010
on www.bia.org
BIFMA BIFMA International (616)285-3963
*w (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's
Association International)
www.bifma.com
ON CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203)637-1312
www.carpetcushion.org
CUSS Center for Cold-Formed Steel Structures (573)341-4471
www.umr.edu/—ccfss
CDA Copper Development Association Inc. (800)232-3282
e www.copper.org (212)251-7200
CEA Canadian Electricity Association (613)230-9263
www.canelect.ca
CFFA Chemical Fabrics&Film Association,Inc. (216)241-7333
www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com
CGA Compressed Gas Association (703)412-0900
www.cganet.com
CGSB Canadian General Standards Board (819)956-0425
www.pwgsc.gc.ca/cgsb
�w CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462
www.cellulose.org (937)222-2462
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 6 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
go
ow
fiITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303)792-9559-
www.aitc-glulam.org
wo ALA American Laminators Association
(See LMA)
ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (800)395-2522
www.alca.org - (703)734-9666 .
ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee (301)972-1700
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International,Inc. (847)394-0150
www.amca.org
ANLA American Nursery&Landscape Association (202)789-2900
(Formerly: AAN-American Association of Nurserymen)
www.anla.org
ANSI American National Standards Institute (202)293-8020
www.ansi.org
AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts (402)476-3852
www.aosaseed.com
APA APA-The Engineered Wood Association (253)565-6600
www.apawood.org
APA Architectural Precast Association (941)454-6989
www.archprecast.org
API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000
ow www.api.org
ARI Air-Conditioning&Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800
www.ari.org
ASCA Architectural Spray Coaters Association (609) 848-6120
www.ascassoc.com
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800)548-2723
www.asce.org (703)295-6300
800 527-4723
ASHRAE American Society of Heating,Refrigerating and ( )
Air-Conditioning Engineers
www.ashrac.org (404) 636-8400
ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763
(The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (212) 591-7722
www.asme.org
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040
www.asse-plumbing.org
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (610) 832-9585
www.astm.org
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 16
EGA Project No.:10213 16/8/03
40
w
AAN American Association of Nurserymen
(See ANLA)
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800
Transportation Officials
www.aashto.org
so AATCC Amcricati Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists(The) (919) 549-8141
www.aatcc.org
ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202)367-1155
www.abma-dc.org
ACI American Concrete Institute/ACI International (248) 848-3700
w
www.aci-int.org
ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216
am www.concrete-pipe.org
ADC Air Diffusion Council (312)201-0101
www.flexibleduct.org
AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies,Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530
www.aeic.org
AFPA American Forest&Paper Association
(See AF&PA)
800 878.8878
AF&PA American Forest&Paper Association (
www.afandpa.org (202)463-2700
OR AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000
www.aga.org
AGC Associated General Contractors of America(The) (703) 548-3118
www.agc.org
AHA American Hardboard Association (847)934-8800
us, www.ahardbd.org
AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955
aw
www.aham.org
Al Asphalt Institute (859)288-4960
www.asphaltinstitute.org
AIA American Institute of Architects("The) (202)626-7300
www.e-architect.com
w AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800)644-2400
www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400
ww AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202)452-7100
www.steel.org
go
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 16
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
OR
�e
DOD Department of Defense Specifications and Standards
Available from Defense Automated Printing Service (215)697-6257
//astimage.daps.dla.mil/online
FED-STD Federal Standard
(See FS)
FS Federal Specification
Available from Defense Automated Printing Service (215)697-6257
//astimage.daps.dla.mil/online
Available from General Services Administration (202)619-8925
www.fss.gsa.gov/pub/fed-specs.cfm
Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202)289-7800
www.nibs.org
�w
FTMS Federal Test Method Standard
(See FS)
MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards
Available from Defense Automated Printing Service (215)697-6257
//astimage.daps.dla,mil/online
an
UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
Available from Access Board (800)872-2253
www.access-board.gov (202)272-5434
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract
.� Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale Research's
"Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of
the U.S."
B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract
Documents,they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone
numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as
of the date of the Contract Documents.
AA Aluminum Association,Inc. (The) (202) 862-5100
www.aluminum.org
AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216)241-7333
www.aaadm.com
202
AABC Associated Air Balance Council ( )737-0202
www.aabchq.com
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847)303-5664
www.aamanet.org
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 16
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8103
on
am
an K. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities The extent of Project site is shown
on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be
built.
No
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Doctaiw+tts ini;lude more stringent requirements,
applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly
into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract
Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless
otherwise indicated.
C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards
establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the
most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different,but apparently equal,
to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be
the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the
minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits.
To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as
appropriate,for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before
proceeding.
o„ D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with industry
standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the
Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies
directly from publication source and make them available on request.
aw E. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are
used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the
standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are
subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA)
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities
Available from Access Board (800) 872-2253
www.access-board.gov (202)272-5434
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
Available from Government Printing Office (888)293-6498
www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr (202)512-1530
CRD Handbook for Concrete and Cement
Available from Army Corps of Engineers
Waterways Experiment Station (601)634-2355
www.wes.army.mil
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 16
10/8/03
EGA Project No.: 10213
!A
SECTION 01420-REFERENCES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RTii,ATE;D DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
so 1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and
requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the
Contract.
C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized,"
"selected," "approved," "required,"and"permitted"have the same meaning as"directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in
Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled,"
and"specified"have the same meaning as"indicated."
on
E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction,
and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that contrul performance of the
Work.
F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site,ready for unloading,unpacking,assembly, installation,and
similar operations.
w
G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling,
erecting,placing,anchoring, applying,working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting,cleaning, and
similar operations.
H. "Provide": Furnish and install,complete and ready for the intended use.
1. "Installer": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-
subcontractor,to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application,
and similar operations.
1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be
performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as
"carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople
4" of the corresponding generic name.
J. "Experienced": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a
minimum of three previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special
requirements indicated;and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
nw
Rockridge—Northampton,MA References-01420
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 16
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
H. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality-control
services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule within 30 days of date established for the
Notice to Proceed.
w
1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner,Architect,testing agencies,and each party involved in
performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.
4
PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used)
PART 3-EXECUTION
w..
3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
w
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged
construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these
4M Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a manner that
eliminates evidence of patching.
2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section"Cutting and Patching."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for
quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 01400
SO
ON
on
go
4M
sw1
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Quality Requirements-01400
Page 5 of 5
EGA,P.C.
10/8/03
EGA Project No.:10213
B. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner vill ,en ab e a testing agency to conduct
special tests and
inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner.
"? 1. Testing agency will notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies
observed in the Work during performance of its services.
2. Testing agency will submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-
control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Testing agency will submit a final report of special .tests and inspections at Substantial
Completion,which includes a list of unresolved defic-iencies.
4. Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and
w inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
5. Testing agency will retest and reinspect corrected work.
aw C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report
results in writing.
D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's
responsibility,provide quality-control services,including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that
revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents.
A
E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties.
Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work
during performance of its services.
2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies
an with or deviates from requirements.
3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control
service through Contractor.
4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or
accept any portion of the Work.
5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests,inspections,and similar quality-
control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in
advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:
1. Access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting.
on Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field-curing of test samples.
5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency.
7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.
G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-
0 control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction
to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests,inspections,obtaining samples,and similar activities.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Quality Requirements-01400
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this
Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity
to produce required units.
B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer
who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are
similar in material,design,and extent to those indicated for this Project.
C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work
40 similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in
construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those
on indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in
„w, jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind
indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly,
or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material,design,and extent.
so F. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of
construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements,using materials indicated for
the completed Work:
s
1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or,if not indicated,as directed by Architect.
2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.
3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work,fabrication,or construction.
5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the
completed Work.
6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated. Mockups will be
incorporated into the Work,and will remain,where possible.
an 1.7 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and
required by authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to
perform these quality-control services.
10 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or
inspecting will be performed.
3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified
40 written report,in duplicate,of each quality-control service.
4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are
Contractor's responsibility.
5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when
on they so direct.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Quality Requirements-01400
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
__. 4D. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory .
shall mean the same as testing agency.
OR
1.4 DELEGATED DESIGN
ON A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design
prof s,;;onsl are specifically required.of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products ?,rd
systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required,submit a written
request for additional information to Architect.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings,Product Data,and other required submittals,
submit a statement,signed and sealed by the responsible design professional,for each product and system
specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional,indicating that the
products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of
w codes,loads,and other factors used in performing these services.
B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:
on
1. Specification Section number and title.
2. Description of test and inspection.
3. Identification of applicable standards.
on 4. Identification of test and inspection methods.
5. Number of tests and inspections required.
6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.
ON
C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:
1. Date of issue.
" 2. Project title and number.
3. Name,address,and telephone number of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification of product and Specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the
on Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
4" D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses,
certifications, inspection reports, releases,jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments,
judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards
and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Quality Requirements-01400
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 5
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
ON
SECTION 01400-QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART I -GENERAL
- 1:1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
40 1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality
control.
on
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or
indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract
OR Document requirements.
1. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the
Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production
of standard products.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-control
procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
no 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Architect, Owner, or
authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for developing a schedule of required
tests and inspections.
w. 2. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by
testing and inspecting activities.
3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
a"
1.3 DEFINITIONS
o A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution
of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies
with requirements.
on B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections,procedures, and related actions during and after execution
of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements. Services do not include
contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.
40
C. Mockups: Full-size,physical example assemblies to illustrate finishes and materials. Mockups are used
to verify selections made under Sample submittals,to demonstrate aesthetic effects and,where indicated,
qualities of materials and execution,and to review construction, coordination, testing,or operation; they
are not Samples. Mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Quality Requirements-01400
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
on
Q. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written_ information. documenting factory-authorized service
representative's tests and inspections. Include the following,as applicable:
!i 1. Name,address,and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
aa!
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and,
if not,what-corrective actinn.was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies
with requirements.
w■ 6. Statement whether conditions,products,and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
R. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or
40 bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond,limits of coverage, amounts of
deductibles,if any,and term of the coverage.
a�w S. Construction Photographs and Videotapes: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section
"Photographic Documentation."
PART 3 -EXECUTION
! ' 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and
field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.
B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and
location,submittal number,Specification Section title and number,name of reviewer,date of Contractor's
4" approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for
compliance with the Contract Documents.
Im
3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return
40 them without action.
B. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and
an return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate
party.
C. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded.
on
END OF SECTION 01330
am
aw
on
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Submittal Procedures-01330
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
aaa
r..
G. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where
required.
H. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material
complies with requirements.
em
L Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualifed.t°s*.ing agency,on testing.agency's standard
form,indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requiremeno.
J. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of
product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
.w
K. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard
form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or
after product is installed in its final location,for compliance with requirements.
eea
L. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer
complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and
witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing
agency.
M. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction,that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the
following information:
1. Name of evaluation organization.
2. Date of evaluation.
3. Time period when report is in effect.
4. Product and manufacturers'names.
5. Description of product.
6. Test procedures and results.
7. Limitations of use.
N. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal
maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Operation
and Maintenance Data."
on
0. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and
design criteria,list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and
other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable.
Provide name and version of software,if any,used for calculations. Include page numbers.
P. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's
" recommendations, guidelines,and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include
name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as
applicable:
I. Preparation of substrates.
2. Required substrate tolerances.
so 3. Sequence of installation or erection.
4. Required installation tolerances.
5. Required adjustments.
6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Submittal Procedures-01330
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 1018/03
w
II. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling:
Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review,when
received from sources other than Contractor.
1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information,
requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and
deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents, including minor variations and
- lirnitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal.
2. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requirements of
the Contract Documents.
w. 3. Transmittal Form:.- Use AIA Document G810 or other form acceptable to Architect and
Contractor.
00 I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators,
installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction
activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
me J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect in
connection with construction.
ao
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.
+aw
1. Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect
will not return copies.
2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity
an responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer
or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.
3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality
as Requirements."
B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction
Progress Documentation."
C. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or
person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of
architects and owners,and other information specified.
D. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product
an complies with requirements.
E. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with
requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification
4W Record(PQR)on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.
F. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer
go complies with requirements and,where required,is authorized for this specific Project.
w.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Submittal Procedures-01330
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 5
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
0"
C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related
construction activities.
sw
D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows.
Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal.
1. Initi;xl 1'e°icw: Allow l5 �la�;s for initial review of each. submittal Allow additional tim; if
processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will
advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
No 2. Concurrent Review: Where concurrent review of submittals by Architect's consultants,Owner, or
other parties is required,allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal.
am a. Division 3 -Concrete.
b. Division 5-Structural Steel.
C. Division 6-Wood Framing,Plate-Connected Wood Trusses.
d. Division 15 -Mechanical.
*o e. Division 16-Electrical.
3. If intermediate submittal is necessary,process it in same manner as initial submittal.
on 4. Allow 7 days for processing each resubmittal.
5. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals
enough in advance of the Work to permit processing.
me E. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
�w 2. Provide a space approximately 4"x 5"on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review
and approval markings and action taken by Architect.
3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Name and address of Architect.
on d. Name and address of Contractor.
e. Name and address of subcontractor.
f. Name and address of supplier.
g. Name of manufacturer.
*0 h. Unique identifier,including revision number.
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate.
an k. Other necessary identification.
F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents on
submittals.
on
G. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect
observes noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final
submittal.
1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to
Architect. Submit only as many copies as are required for appropriate specification section.
2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with action taken and
will be returned.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Submittal Procedures-01330
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 1018/03
P•
ew
SECTION 01330-SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
uw
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
40 other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings,Product
Data,Samples,and other miscellaneous submittals.
a
B. Related Sections include the following:
■w 1. Division 1 Section"Payment Procedures"for submitting Applications for Payment.
2. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports,
including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule and construction
photographs.
3. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting periodic construction
photographs.
4. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports and
w Delegated-Design Submittals and for erecting mockups.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's approval. Submittals
may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
on A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Architect
for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.
00 B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction
activities.
4W 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and
related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing
will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with
other submittals until related submittals are received.
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Submittal Procedures-01330
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
w
40
B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the
Contract Documents,prepare a detailed report. Submit with a request for information. Include a detailed
description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract
Documents.
VP
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual
construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress
meeting.
1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been
on recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to,
changes in logic,durations,actual starts and finishes,and activity durations.
3. As the Work progresses,indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, Owner's Representative
separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a
need-to-know schedule responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
40 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same
locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the
Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
ON
END OF SECTION 01320
w
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Construction Progress Documentation-01320
Page 6 of 6
EGA,P.C. 10(8!03
EGA Project No.:10213
ww
- 3. Principal events of activity.
4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.
5. Early and late start dates.
r 6. Early and late finish dates.
7. Activity duration in workdays.
8. Total float or slack time.
9. Average size of workforce.
10. Po11.ar value of activity.(coordinated with the Schedule of Values).
E. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule,prepare tabulated reports showing the
following:
1. Identification of activities that have changed.
ON 2. Changes in early and late start dates.
3. Changes in early and late finish dates.
4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.
5. Changes in the critical path.
so 6. Changes in total float or slack time.
7. Changes in the Contract Time.
no F. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists,sorted by finish dates.
1. In first list,tabulate activity number,early finish date,dollar value,and cumulative dollar value.
2. In second list,tabulate activity number,late finish date,dollar value,and cumulative dollar value.
qu 3. In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities completed as of list
date.
4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with progress
MW meetings.
a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and "cumulative value
completed"with total at bottom.
++ b. Submit value summary printouts one week before each regularly scheduled progress
meeting.
2.5 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information
concerning events at Project site:
1. List of subcontractors at Project site.
go 2. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
3. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.
4. Accidents.
5. Meetings and significant decisions.
6. Unusual events(refer to special reports).
7. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
8. Change Orders received and implemented.
w 9. Construction Change Directives received.
10. Services connected and disconnected.
11. Equipment or system tests and startups.
12. Substantial Completions authorized.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Construction Progress Documentation-01320
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 6
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
ON
H. Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically to manage
construction schedules.
2.3 PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Submit preliminary horizontal bar-chart-type construction schedule within seven
days ofdai,=e3'a0oE.=:slyed for the Notki-n o Droceed:
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each
week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first 60 days of
construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction
based on indicated activities.
0"
2.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE(CPM SCHEDULE)
no A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON(activity-on-node)format.
B. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a CPM network analysis diagram.
ON
I. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use
no later than 30 days after date established for the Notice to Proceed.
2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including
subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule
information.
3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress.
No Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.
4. Use"one workday"as the unit of time.
we C. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the
preliminary network diagram,prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.
1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each
+ activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities:
a. Preparation and processing of submittals.
b. Purchase of materials.
C. Delivery.
d. Fabrication.
e. Installation.
2. Processing: Process data to produce output data or a computer-drawn, time-scaled network.
Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the
sw CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.
3. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with
most float near the edges.
an a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path.
D. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight "early start-total float"
as sort. Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:
1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.
2. Description of activity.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Construction Progress Documentation-01320
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 6
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
a. At Contractor's option, show submittals on the Preliminary Construction Schedule, instead
of tabulating them separately.
3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
2.2 CONTRACTORS CONSTRUCTION:i7Ur)!TLF,,,GENFRAJ
A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning&Scheduling."
40
B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Final
Completion.
1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early
completion date,unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of
the Work. Comply with the following:
aw 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically
allowed by Architect.
2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and major
items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement
cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals,purchasing, fabrication, and
delivery.
3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1 Section
"Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's
Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.
4. Startup and Testing Time: include not less than 14 days for startup and testing.
5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial
Completion,and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of
Substantial Completion.
D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as
follows in schedule,and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
1. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date
indicated in Division 1 Section"Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible
delivery date.
E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not
limited to,the Notice to Proceed,Substantial Completion,and Final Completion.
F. Cost Correlation: At the head of schedule,provide a cost correlation line,indicating planned and actual
®" costs. On the line, show dollar volume of the Work performed as of dates used for preparation of
payment requests.
1. Refer to Division 1 Section"Payment Procedures"for cost reporting and payment procedures.
G. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission,
prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the
overall project schedule.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Construction Progress Documentation-01320
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 6
EGA Project No.: 10213 1018/03
D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit three printed copies of initial schedule,large enough to show
entire schedule for entire construction period.
1. Submit an electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, on 3-1/2-inch diskettes,
formatted to hold 1.44 MB of data, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals.
Include type of schedule(Initial or Updated)and date on label.
E. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit thrc- prlptcd 7!n,ies of each of the following
computer-generated reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity
description, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date,late start date, late
finish date,and total float.
1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date,or actual
start date if known.
2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending
order by activity number and then early start date,or actual start date if known.
3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
4" 4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from the Notice to Proceed until most
recent Application for Payment.
W F. Daily Construction Reports: Submit three copies at weekly intervals.
G. Field Condition Reports: Submit three copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.
go
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction
activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.
B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts,
'0 Submittals Schedule,progress reports,payment requests,and other required schedules and reports.
1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved.
w 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in
proper sequence.
®w C. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with photographer and provide auxiliary services requested, including
access to Project site and use of temporary facilities including temporary lighting.
on PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE
A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by
construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering, manufacturing,
fabrication,and delivery when establishing dates.
1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts,the Schedule of Values,and Contractor's
No Construction Schedule.
2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary schedule. Include submittals required
during the first 60 days of construction. List those required to maintain orderly progress of the
Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Construction Progress Documentation-01320
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 6
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
SECTION 01320-CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATFT)DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of
construction during performance of the Work,including the following:
1. Preliminary Construction Schedule.
2. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
w„ 3. Submittals Schedule.
4. Daily construction reports.
5. Field condition reports.
6. Construction photographs.
am
B. Related Sections include the following:
an 1. Division 1 Section"Payment Procedures"for submitting the Schedule of Values.
2. Division t Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing
meeting and conference minutes.
3. Division 1 Section"Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports.
me 4. Division 1 Section"Quality Requirements"for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections.
5. Division 1 Section"Closeout Procedures"for submitting photographic negatives as Project Record
Documents at Project closeout.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their
capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses,names
and addresses of architects and owners,and other information specified.
B. Submittals Schedule: Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular
format:
1. Scheduled date for first submittal.
2. Specification Section number and title.
3. Submittal category(action or informational).
4. Name of subcontractor.
5. Description of the Work covered.
6. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval.
uw
C. Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit three printed copies.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Construction Progress Documentation-01320
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 6
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
po
PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used)
No PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used)
ON END OF SECTION 01310
go
on
go
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Project Management and Coordination-01310
EGA,P.C. Page 5 of 5
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
00
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine
whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to
M Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be
expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule
revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed
within the Contract Time.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present,including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
on 2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Site utilization.
5) Temporary facilities and controls.
6) Work hours.
7) Progress cleaning.
8) Quality and work standards.
9) Change Orders.
10) Documentation of information for payment requests.
3. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have
been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting
and report.
so a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised
schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
E. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at bi-weekly intervals. Project
coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress
meetings and preinstallation conferences.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor,
supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination,
or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the
conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate
"a to status of Project.
a. Review present and future needs of each contractor present,including the following:
om 1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Site utilization.
5) Temporary facilities and controls.
6) Work hours.
w 7) Progress cleaning.
8) Quality and work standards.
9) Change Orders.
3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others
affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Project Management and Coordination-01310
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 5
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
x"
- - k. Office,work,and storage areas.
1. Security.
m. Progress cleaning.
so n. Working hours.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction
activity that requires coordination with other construction.
I. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or aftected
by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations tliut
* have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting
dates.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular
am activity under consideration,including requirements for the following:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
*!
C. Related Change Orders.
d. Submittals.
e. Review of mockups.
aw f. Possible conflicts.
g. Compatibility problems.
h. Time schedules.
i. Weather limitations.
j. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
k. Warranty requirements.
I. Compatibility of materials.
m. Acceptability of substrates.
n. Temporary facilities and controls.
o. Space and access limitations.
P. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
r q. Testing and inspecting requirements.
r. Required performance results.
S. Protection of construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions,agreements,and disagreements.
4. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate
whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene
the conference at earliest feasible date.
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at monthly intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with
preparation of payment requests.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor,
supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination,
or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the
conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other
items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to
status of Project.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Project Management and Coordination-01310
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
fat
OR
4 C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with .
other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly
progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include,but are not limited to,the following:
an
1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
Oft 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery-and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. . Preinstallation conferences.
40 7. Project closeout activities.
OR 1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability necessitates
maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if coordination is
Aw required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities.
1. Indicate relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings.
w 2. Indicate required installation sequences.
1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS
40
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site,unless otherwise indicated.
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required,
of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and
times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
40 3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting
minutes to everyone concerned,including Owner and Architect,within 7 days of the meeting.
No B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a
time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 14 days after execution of the Agreement.
Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review
responsibilities and personnel assignments.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner,Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and
its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties
shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress,including the following:
a. Tentative construction schedule.
b. Critical work sequencing.
C. Designation of responsible personnel.
d. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
e. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
f. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
g. Submittal procedures.
h. Preparation of Record Documents.
i. Use of the premises.
j. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
w
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Project Management and Coordination-01310
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of S
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
an
SECTION 01310-PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART1 -GENERAL
a�a
1.1 RELATE D-DOCUMEENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
as 1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project
including,but not limited to,the following:
awe
1. General project coordination procedures.
2. Coordination Drawings.
3. Project meetings.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for a description of the division of Work
among separate contracts and responsibility for coordination activities not in this Section.
2. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting the
aw Contractor's Construction Schedule.
3. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating general installation
and field-engineering services,including establishment of benchmarks and control points.
4. Division 1 Section"Closeout Procedures" for coordinating Contract closeout.
1.3 COORDINATION
a�a
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the Specifications to
ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations,
included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation,connection,and operation.
I. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation
of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own
installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum
accessibility for required maintenance,service,and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B. If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures
required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at
meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is
required.
on
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Project Management and Coordination-01310
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 5
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
sr
I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial
Completion,submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work
claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement
showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for
Owner occupancy of designated t-ort?gns of the Work.
J. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting
■* documentation not previously submitted and accepted,including,but not limited,to tnitl.following:
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
aw 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes,
fees,and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement,accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
4. AIA Document G706,"Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."
on 5, AIA Document G706A,"Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."
6. AIA Document G707,"Consent of Surety to Final Payment."
7. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of
"M Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for
corresponding elements of the Work.
go PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used)
an PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01290
go
uw
Roekridge-Northampton,MA Payment Procedures-01290
EGA,P.C. Page 4 of 4
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
W
1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and
final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
we B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between
Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the
period indicated in the Agreement.
C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document Cs702 and ,U A. Dofnxooinpf G703 Continuation Sbeets
as form for Applications for Payment.
MR D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to
sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without
action.
1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use
updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of
40 construction period covered by application.
E. Transmittal: Submit 5 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect
on by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar
attachments if required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
to information about application.
F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien
on from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related
to the Work covered by the payment.
G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's liens
from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous
application.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested,before deduction for retainage,on each
item with the following month's application for payment.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers with the following
month's application for payment.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers.
H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide
go with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Values.
"! 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule(preliminary if not final).
4. Submittals Schedule(preliminary if not final).
5. Copies of building permits.
6. Initial progress report.
7. Report of preconstruction conference.
8. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
9. Performance and payment bonds.
Payment Procedures-01290
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Page 3 of 4
EGA,P.C. 10/8/03
EGA Project No.:10213
w•
an 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:
a. Project name and location.
on b. Name of Architect.
C. Architect's project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
M
e. Date of submittal.
2. Arrange: the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following
for each item listed:
OR
a. Related Specification Section or Division.
b. Description of the Work.
C. Name of subcontractor.
40 d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
e. Name of supplier.
f. Change Orders(numbers)that affect value.
on g. Dollar value.
1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total
go 100 percent.
3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of
Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of
+X contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts,where appropriate.
4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar;total shall equal the Contract Sum.
5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where
"a Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored,
but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. Include evidence of
on insurance or bonded warehousing if required.
6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each
�s subsequent stage of completion,and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
7. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance. Show
line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured
quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities.
40 8. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include
total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.
go a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-
place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as
general overhead expense,at Contractor's option.
go 9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for
Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the
Contract Sum.
40
1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by
Architect and paid for by Owner.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Payment Procedures-01290
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 4
10/8/03
EGA Project No.:10213
t
go
SECTION 01290-PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 P.RLAT D I.0 i_i--',I. ? T."�
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process
Applications for Payment.
B. Related Sections include the following:
!+ 1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing handling and processing
of allowances.
2. Division 1 Section "Unit Prices"for administrative requirements governing use of unit prices.
3. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling
changes to the Contract.
4. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements
governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals
uw Schedule.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to
various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and
schedules,including the following:
a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets.
b. Submittals Schedule.
2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven days
before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.
3. Subschedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments,
provide subschedules showing values correlated with each phase of payment.
B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the
Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.
aw
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Payment Procedures-01290
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 4
EGA Project No.: 10213 1018/03
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 LIST OF UNIT PRICES
A. Unit Price No. 1 -Earthwork
1. Description:Rock excavation both open and trench.
2. Unit of Measurement:Cubic yard each type.
B. Unit Price No.2-Access Doors and Frames
1. Description:Access Doors and Frames according to Division 8,Section 08311.
2. Unit of Measurement:Each type.
END OF SECTION 01270
on
#a
�r
so
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Unit Prices-01270
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 2
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
wit
SECTION 01270-UNIT PRICES
PART 1 -GENERAL
? t. RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
on other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedures for using unit prices to adjust quantity
,w allowances.
2. Division 1 Section"Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling
Change Orders.
3. Division 1 Section"Quality Requirements" for general testing and inspecting requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit of measurement
for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if
estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, overhead, and
profit.
B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires
establishment of unit prices, Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those
Sections.
C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of
established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense,by an independent surveyor
acceptable to Contractor.
D. List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections
referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.
.w
PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used)
'!t"" Unit Prices-01270
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Page 1 of 2
EGA,P.C. 10/8/03
EGA Project No.: 10213
A. Change Directive: Architect may issue a Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Change Directive
instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work,for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1. Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates
method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Change
Directive.
1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to
twr substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
w. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01250
w
�u
40
w
w
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Contract Modification Procedures-01250
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 3
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
VA
B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract,
Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change.
1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work.
Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change
on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of
purrha^cc rigid credits.tr be made. If requested,furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes,delivery charges,equipment rental,and amounts of trade discounts.
4. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change,
including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity
relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
5. Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change
requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.
C. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709 for Proposal Requests.
No
1.5 ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, base each Change Order proposal on the
difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-
place. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal
product imperfections,and similar margins.
�r
1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance.
2. If requested,prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs
and other margins claimed.
3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders relatrd to
unit-rost allowances.
4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity
survey,measure,or count.
B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in
the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or Contractor's handling, labor,
installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 21 days of receipt of the Change Order or
Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. Owner will reject claims submitted later
than 21 days after such authorization.
so 1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount
unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been
aw foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.
2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-priced
materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.
on
1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
on A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request,Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner
and Contractor on AIA Document G701.
1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Contract Modification Procedures-01250
Page 2 of 3
EGA,P.C.
10/Sl03
EGA Project No.:10213
Ps
SECTION 01250-CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
,A 1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract
modifications.
a�
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements for handling and processing
allowances.
2. Division 1 Section"Unit Prices" for administrative requirements for using unit prices.
3. Division 1 Section"Product Requirements" for administrative procedures for handling requests for
4W substitutions made after Contract award.
yew 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving
adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710, "Architect's
Supplemental Instructions."
1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the
e0 Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the
description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions
40 either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within time specified in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation
estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the
change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total
amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to
aw substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
C. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the
7 o change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,
and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the
Contract Time.
OR Rockridge-Northampton,MA Contract Modification Procedures-01250
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 3
10/8/03
EGA Project No.:10213
PM
SECTION 01240-ALTERNATES SCHEDULE
nw
Den/Sunroom ext. at cottages.
END OF SECTION 01240
N
ow
on
up
an
an
w
ww
w
Alternates Schedule-01240
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Page 1 of 1
EGA,P.C. 10/8/03
EGA Project No.: 10213
go
SECTION 01230-ALTERNATES
PART 1 -GENERAL
i
RELATED DOCUN iF.NTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Seci ons,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
w
1.3 DEFINITIONS
eow A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the
Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if Owner decides to
accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products,
materials,equipment,systems,or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.
4W
1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to
incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.
an
1.4 PROCEDURES
ear
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the
alternate into Project.
1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items
incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate.
B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract,notify each party involved,in writing,of the
status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later
consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates.
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections
no referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under
each alternate.
PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01230
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Alternates-01230
Page 1 of 1
EGA,P.C. 10/8/03
EGA Project No.: 10213
1.5 UNUSED MATERIALS
A. Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner,
after installation has been completed and accepted.
1. If requested by Architect,prepare unused material for storage by Owner when it is not economically
practical to return the material for credit. If directed by Architect, deliver unused material to
Owner's stnrage spice. Otherwise,disposal of unused material is Contractor's responsibility.
PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
wo
A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged
or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to
ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work.
40
3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES
so A. Allowance No. 1,Section 01450-Testing and Inspection Services:Lump Sum of$10,000.
B. Allowance No.2,Division 2-Earthwork:Lump Sum of$10,000 for open and trench rock excavation.
ew C. Allowance No.3,Division 2-Landscaping/Planting:Lump Sum of$50,000.
END OF SECTION 01210
wo
40
go
40
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Allowances-01210
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 2
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
SECTION 01210-ALLOWANCES
PART 1 -GENERAL
' 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
am other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
4" 1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances.
1. Certain materials and equipment are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. In some
cases,these allowances include installation. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional
requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when
additional information is available for evaluation. If necessary, additional requirements will be
issued by Change Order.
B. Types of allowances include the following:
40
1. Lump-sum allowances.
2. Unit-cost allowances.
no C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling
we, Change Orders.
2. Division 1 Section"Unit Prices"for procedures using unit prices.
go
1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE
A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract,advise Architect of the date when final selection
and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying
the Work.
B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include
recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.
C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for
Change Orders.
no B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in
fulfillment of each allowance.
Allowances-01210
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Page 1 of 2
EGA,P.C. 10/8/03
EGA Project No.: 10213
w
1.3 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
aa�
A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner may partially occupy site and building during construction period.
Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage.
wo Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.
1, Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the
Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy.
air 2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner occupancy.
3. Before partial Owner occupancy,mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational,and
required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will
in provide, operate, and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of
building.
4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for
occupied portions of building.
40
PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used)
we
PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01140
OR
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Work Restrictions-01140
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 2
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
w
SECTION 01140-WORK RESTRICTIONS
PART 1 -GENERAL
F 1TS
l ? n,�LATF,D.T�OCT Tr.T
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
! ► other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
B. Applicable sections of the City of Northampton Planning Board-Order of Conditions.
1.2 USE OF PREMISES
qW A. General: Owner will continue operations during construction. Contractor shall have full use of premises
for construction operations, including Project site, during construction period with the following
restrictions:
MR 1. Contractor shall be restricted to the limits of work area for site work and general construction.
2. Contractor's staging and parking areas shall be restricted to the limits of work area or as may be
modified from time to time between the Owner and Contractor to the benefit of the construction
ON process without detriment to the operation of the facility.
3. Owner will evacuate the existing Dining Room to allow the contractor full use for the initial
phases of Phase 1 construction. Contractor shall not perform any construction operations that will
compromise the rest home facility operations without consent of the Owner.
4. Contractor's hours of operation shall be restricted as follows unless otherwise approved by Owner:
a. Site work and exterior building construction shall occur only between the hours of 7:00 am
and 6:00 pm Monday through Friday. Saturday hours for this Work shall be between
8:00 am and 4:00 pm.
b. Work interior to the buildings shall occur only between the hours of 6:30 am and 9:00 pm.
Work that is noisy or otherwise intrusive to the residents of the nursing facility shall occur
on between the hours of 7:00 am and 5:00 pm. Interior work will be permitted Monday
through Saturday. Loud music from construction radios is prohibited.
5. No work will be permitted on holidays as observed by federal and state governments unless agreed
to by Owner.
6. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to
Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for
parking or storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances.
b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and
equipment on-site.
7. Smoking is prohibited both on site and in the building except in areas specifically approved by the
Owner.
B. Owner reserves the right to restrict use of the premises by Owner's right to perform work or engage other
contractors for portions of the Work.
a
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Work Restrictions-01140
Page 1 of 2
EGA,P.C. 10/8/03
EGA Project No.:10213
Pw
w
PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used)
PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01100
o
xw
Or
wo
s
Mw
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Summary-01100
EGA,P.C. Page 3 of 3
EGA Project No.:10213 10/8/03
No
1.5 USE OF PREMISES
w�►
A. General: Contractor shall have full use of limited areas of the premises for construction operations,
including use of Project site,during construction period. Contractor's use of these areas is limited only by
Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.
1.6 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
A. Separate Contract: Owner will award a separate contract for performance of certain construction
operations at Project site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with Work under this
Contract. This contract will include,but is not necessarily limited to the following:
1. Interior design contract: This contract will include delivery and installation of moveable furniture
and fixtures. It will also include window treatments. Contractor will be required to allow the
work of this contract to occur in select portions of the project prior to Substantial Completion and
Owner occupancy.
ae 2. Tree Clearing and Stump Grinding: This contract will include all work associated with required
tree removal. This contract work shall occur prior to Construction Manager's use of premises.
3. Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly,
without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract.
uK 1.7 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16-division
as format and CSI/CSC's"MasterFormat"numbering system.
1. Section Identification: The Specifications use section numbers and titles to help cross-referencing
in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence;however,the
on sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to
determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents.
B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the
intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These
conventions are as follows:
1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is
abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not
stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and
+.w plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract
Documents indicates.
2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements
expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative
40 or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that
must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted.
a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are
implied where a colon(:)is used within a sentence or phrase.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Summary-01100
EGA,P.C. Page 2 of 3
EGA Project No.: 10213 10/8/03
W
SECTION 01100-SUMMARY
PART 1 -GENERAL
RFLATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings'and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
"a other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
+0 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Project Identification: Project consists of:
"' 1. Project Location:25 Coles Meadow Road,Northampton,MA 01060.
2. Owner:New England Deaconess Association-80 Deaconess Road,Concord,MA 01742-4199.
B. Architect Identification: The Contract Documents, dated October 10,2003,were prepared for Project by
EGA,P.C., 12 Auburn Street,Newburyport,MA 01950.
C. Construction Manager: Delphi Construction,Inc. Construction Manager for this Project and is Project's
40 Constructor. In Divisions 1 through 16 Specifications, the terms "Construction Manager" and
"Contractor"are synonymous.
D. The Work consists of the addition of 42 units of assisted living apartments(30 units within the congregate
building and 12 "cottages.") onto an existing Level IV Rest Home. Additionally, new commons areas
will be added consistent with a new assisted living facility.
Future phases of the project will include conversion of existing first floor Level IV apartments into a
special dementia care unit, as well as conversion of some of the upper level IV apartments into assisted
living apartments. Future phases will also include a new maintenance building of approximately 1,200sf.
1. The Work includes all materials, labor, plants, equipment, tools, machinery, transportation, and
services necessary for,or reasonably inferred,incidental to the construction of the project.
1.3 CONTRACT
A. Project will be constructed under a general construction contract.
1.4 WORK SEQUENCE
A. The Work of this contract shall be conducted in a single phase.
no 1. The Work shall be substantially complete and ready for occupancy within 365 days of the Notice
to Proceed.
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Summary-01100
EGA,P.C. Page 1 of 3
10/8(03
EGA Project No.: 10213
SECTION 01300-LIST OF DRAWINGS LATEST
ISSUE DATE
N
SITE DEVELOPMENT
1 Site Plan 6/25/03
ON Existing Conditions,Abutter&.Zoning Plan 10/8/0?
GU-i Urading&utilities Plan 10/8/03
10/8/03
GU-2 Grading&Utilities Plan
e, GU-3 Cottage Grading Detail 10/8/03
GU-4 Grading Detail Plan 10/8/03
L-1 Layout&Materials Plan 10
L-2 Layout&Materials Plan 10/18/03
8/03
"' L-3 Cottage Layout Detail 10/8/03
L-4 Layout Plan 10/8/03
PL-I Planting&Lighting Plan 10/8/03
�,. PL-2 Planting&Lighting Plan 10/8/03
PL-3 Planting&Grading Details 10/8/03
D-1 Construction Details 10/8/03
D-2 Construction Details 10/8/03
D-3 Construction Details 10/8/03
D-4 Construction Details 10/8/03
D-5 Construction Details 10/8/03
3/6/03
„o GN-1 General Notes
STRUCTURAL
S-0.1 General Notes and Typical Details 10/8/03
S-1.0 Basement Foundation Plan 10/8/03
S-1.1 First Floor Framing and Foundation Plan 10/8/03
S-1.2 Cottage Foundation Plan 10/8/03
S-2.1 Foundation Sections 10/8/03
S-2.2 Cottage Foundation Sections 10/8/03
WM
t"
ws
List of Drawings-00013
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Page 1 of 1
EGA,P.C. 10/8/03
EGA Project No.:10213
ME
No Section 00012-Project Directory
OWNER: New England Deaconess Assoc. Contact:Walter Bartkus
on 80 Deaconess Road Tel: 978-369-5151 x306
Concord,MA 01742 Fax: (978)371-8091
Email: wbartkus(odnedeaconess.com
ARCHITECT: F5A.,P.C. Contact:Gerry Menke
12 Auburn Sucet Tel: 978-462-5515
Newburyport,MA 01950 Fax: 978-462-5525
Ema.il: mg enke(i,e a.net
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER: Delphi Construction Contact: Jake Simmons
2250 Main Street Tel: 978-371-9939
so Concord,MA 01742 Fax: 978-371-4944
Email:jsimmons(o)delphiconstruction.net
an CIVIL ENGINEER: Coler&Colantonio,Inc. Contact: David M.Thompson
55 Bobala Road Tel: 413-313-0121 (direct)
Holyoke,MA 01040 Fax: 413-313-0190
Email: dthompson(o-)col-col.com
ow
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER: Victor Reno Assoc. Contact:Vic Reno
Reno Road Tel: 603-352-1452
40 Marlow,NH 03456 Fax: 603-352-3731
Email: renoengineerinjz(o-),earthlink.net
MECHANICAL ENGINEER: McGill Engineering Contact:Doug McGill
go 140 Stannard Mountain Road Tel: 802-748-1066
Danville,VT 05828 Fax: 802-748-0991
Email: mcgillenaineering @ pshift.com
INTERIOR DESIGNER: Wellesley Design Contact:Chuck Steinman
66-70 Union Square Tel: 617-623-1122
Suite 201 Fax: 617-623-7720
wo Somerville,MA 02143 Email: chuck(a)wdcinteriors.com
aaw
a
Rockridge-Northampton,MA Project Directory-00012
Page 1 o
EGA,P.C. f 1
10/8/03
EGA Project No.: 10213
AppROVED
FOR CONSTRUCTION I, _
r
Delphi construction Inc. i f
OCT
DIVISION 4 I,
4"" Not Issued
l, i-�'-2 il�Ji�l ice.
DIVISION 5
�w
Not Issued
DIVISION 6
4s
Not Issued
ON DIVISION 7
Not Issued
DIVISION 8
Noi Issued
DIVISION 9
Not Issued
DIVISION 10
Not Issued
DIVISION 11
Not Issued
DIVISION 12
Not Issued
DIVISION 13
Not Issued
DIVISION 14
14240 Hydraulic Elevators 10/08/03
on DIVISION 15
15010 General Requirements 10/08/03
15500 Sprinkler System 10/08/03
w
APPENDIX A
Planning Board Decision
END OF SECTION 00010
Table of Contents-00010
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Page 2 of 2
EGA,P.C. 10/8/03
EGA Project No.- 10213
t-
� i FOR CONSTRUCTION
APPROVED
-Delphi Construction Inc.
CT
SECTION 00010-TABLE OF CONTENTS :` C
"'""' VOLUME I __, LATEST
ISSUE DATE
DIVISION 0
on Project Directory
00013 List of Drawings 10/08/03
DIVISION 1
01100 Summary 10/08/03
10/08/03
01140 Work Restrictions
10/08/03
01210 Allowances 10/08/03
01230 Alternates 10/08/03
01240 Alternates Schedule 10/08/03
01250 Contract Modification Procedures 10/08/03
01270 Unit Prices 10/08/03
01290 Payment Procedures 10/08/03
4w 01310 Project Management and Coordination 10/08/03
01320 Construction Progress Documentation 10/08/03
01330 Submittal Procedures 10/08/03
01400 Quality Requirements 10/08/03
00 01420 References 10/08/03
01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 10/08/03
01600 Product Requirements 10/08/03
01631 Substitution Request Form 10/08/03
01700 Execution Requirements 10/08/03
01731 Cutting and Patching 10/08/03
01732 Selective Demolition 10/08/03
01770 Closeout Procedures 10/08/03
01781 Project Record Documents 10/08/03
01782 Operation and Maintenance Data 10/08/03
01820 Demonstration and Training
DIVISION 2
02150 Erosion and Sediment Control 10/08/03 10/08/03
02230 Site Demolition and Clearing 10/08/03
02315 Earthwork 10/08/03
02510 Water Distribution 10/08/03
02530 Sanitary Sewage System
02630 Storm Drainage 10/08/03
02650 Unit Masonry 10/08/03
02743 Bituminous Concrete Pavement 10/08/03
�w 10/08/03
02750 Reinforced Cement Concrete 10/08/03
02800 Planting 10/08/03
02850 Seeding 10/08/03
02860 Sodding
DIVISION 3
®�
03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 10/08/03
40 Table of Contents-00010
Rockridge—Northampton,MA Page 1 of 2
EGA,P.C. 10/8/03
EGA Project No.: 10213
.!�
.w
..e
..�
..
APPROVED TECHNICAL MANUAL `
FOR CONSTRUCTION r-
-Delphi Construction Inc. FOR
r
ROCKRLDGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1 41
OR
MR,
oc
GA
YI
z P.
i ;
�r
6
e
u
t\
ff
w
r
A R C H I T E C S
N E W B U RY P O RT
' M A S S A C H U S E T T S
x DES MOINES IOWA
L
L
D U
C0NSIFZUCTfO14 INC.
ELPHI
Transmittal Cover Sheet
PAUL LEONARD Project kiai�rger
2250 Main Street, Concord, MA 01742 Detailed, Grouped by Each Transmittal Number
PHONE: 978.371.9939 ext:106
FAx: 978.371.4944
pleonard @delphiconstruction.net
www.delphiconstruction.net
NEDA-Rockridge Project# 271 Delphi Construction,Inc.
Rockridge ^ Tel: 978.371.9939 Fax: 978.371.4944
b Coles Meadow Road "r}-
r-"<Northampton MA 01060
D. 1011012003 00
,
yy
Anthony Patillo Paul Leonard
Northampton Building Department Delphi Construction, Inc.
212 Main Street, Room 100 2250 Main Street
Northampton, MA 01060-3189 Concord, MA 01742
Tel:413.587.1240 Tel: 978.371.9939
Fax:413.587.1272 Fax: 978.371.4944
Acknowledgement Required
Package TranstmtEed For._., ,Dervered Vta Tracking Number a
M ....
permit application Hand
lterri# QEy Item Y Reference Descnpt�on _,; Notes Status
001 3.0 Stamped plans
002 3.0 specifications
003 1.0 permit application
004 1.0 Architect's preliminary affidavit _
005 1.0 Structural Engineer's affidavit
006 1.0 Delphi Construction insurance
certificate
007 1.0 Fire suppression system
narrative
Cc Gompary Name .z, Cbntact Name
Rennacks .� .
Attached please find the building permit application package for the work at the New England Deaconess Association facility
at 25 Coles Meadow Road. All the information required to obtain the foundation only permit is contained within this
submission.
The Planning Board decision with the receipt and endorsement from the Registry of Deeds is contained in Appendix A of the
specifications book.
If there are any questions concerning the application, please do not hesitate to call me directly on my cell phone at
781.454.7968,or at our Concord office.
Thank you. ,. `��✓ '`
Signa u ignedDate
Prolog Manager Printed on: 10/9/2003 Delphi—Gen Page 1